Wrap code for better readability

sources/ElementsCollection/elementslocation.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ ElementsLocation::ElementsLocation(const QString &path, QETProject *project) :
 	@brief ElementsLocation::~ElementsLocation
 	Destructeur
 */
-ElementsLocation::~ElementsLocation() {
+ElementsLocation::~ElementsLocation()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -110,7 +111,8 @@ ElementsLocation &ElementsLocation::operator=(const ElementsLocation &other) {
 	\~French true si other et cet ElementsLocation sont identiques,
 	false sinon
 */
-bool ElementsLocation::operator==(const ElementsLocation &other) const {
+bool ElementsLocation::operator==(const ElementsLocation &other) const
+{
 	return(
 		m_collection_path == other.m_collection_path &&\
 		m_project == other.m_project
@@ -124,7 +126,8 @@ bool ElementsLocation::operator==(const ElementsLocation &other) const {
 	@return true si other et cet ElementsLocation sont differents,
 	false sinon
 */
-bool ElementsLocation::operator!=(const ElementsLocation &other) const {
+bool ElementsLocation::operator!=(const ElementsLocation &other) const
+{
 	return(
 		m_collection_path != other.m_collection_path ||\
 		m_project != other.m_project
@@ -139,7 +142,8 @@ bool ElementsLocation::operator!=(const ElementsLocation &other) const {
 	For exemple if this location represent an element they return myElement.
 	@see fileName()
 */
-QString ElementsLocation::baseName() const {
+QString ElementsLocation::baseName() const
+{
 	QRegExp regexp("^.*([^/]+)\\.elmt$");
 	if (regexp.exactMatch(m_collection_path)) {
 		return(regexp.capturedTexts().at(1));
@@ -203,7 +207,8 @@ QString ElementsLocation::fileSystemPath() const
 	@return The path of this location.
 	@deprecated use instead collectionPath(true)
 */
-QString ElementsLocation::path() const {
+QString ElementsLocation::path() const
+{
 	return(m_collection_path);
 }
 
@@ -343,7 +348,8 @@ bool ElementsLocation::addToPath(const QString &string)
 	@return the location of the parent category, or a copy of this location
 	when it represents a root category.
 */
-ElementsLocation ElementsLocation::parent() const {
+ElementsLocation ElementsLocation::parent() const
+{
 	ElementsLocation copy(*this);
 	QRegExp re1("^([a-z]+://)(.*)/*$");
 	if (re1.exactMatch(m_collection_path)) {
@@ -362,7 +368,8 @@ ElementsLocation ElementsLocation::parent() const {
 	\~French
 	le projet de cet emplacement ou 0 si celui-ci n'est pas lie a un projet.
 */
-QETProject *ElementsLocation::project() const {
+QETProject *ElementsLocation::project() const
+{
 	return(m_project);
 }
 
@@ -384,7 +391,8 @@ void ElementsLocation::setProject(QETProject *project) {
 	\~French
 	true si l'emplacement semble utilisable (chemin virtuel non vide).
 */
-bool ElementsLocation::isNull() const {
+bool ElementsLocation::isNull() const
+{
 	return(m_collection_path.isEmpty());
 }
 
@@ -393,7 +401,8 @@ bool ElementsLocation::isNull() const {
 	@return A character string representing the location
 	\~French Une chaine de caracteres representant l'emplacement
 */
-QString ElementsLocation::toString() const {
+QString ElementsLocation::toString() const
+{
 	QString result;
 	if (m_project) {
 		int project_id = QETApp::projectId(m_project);
@@ -409,7 +418,8 @@ QString ElementsLocation::toString() const {
 	@brief ElementsLocation::isElement
 	@return true if this location represent an element
 */
-bool ElementsLocation::isElement() const {
+bool ElementsLocation::isElement() const
+{
 	return m_collection_path.endsWith(".elmt");
 }
 
@@ -417,7 +427,8 @@ bool ElementsLocation::isElement() const {
 	@brief ElementsLocation::isDirectory
 	@return true if this location represent a directory
 */
-bool ElementsLocation::isDirectory() const {
+bool ElementsLocation::isDirectory() const
+{
 	return (!isElement() && !m_collection_path.isEmpty());
 }
 

sources/ElementsCollection/xmlelementcollection.cpp

@@ -107,7 +107,8 @@ XmlElementCollection::XmlElementCollection(const QDomElement &dom_element,
 	of the dom element is : collection
 	@return The root QDomElement of the collection
 */
-QDomElement XmlElementCollection::root() const {
+QDomElement XmlElementCollection::root() const
+{
 	return m_dom_document.documentElement();
 }
 
@@ -116,7 +117,8 @@ QDomElement XmlElementCollection::root() const {
 	@return The QDomElement import (the begining of a xml collection) or
 	a null QDomElement if doesn't exist.
 */
-QDomElement XmlElementCollection::importCategory() const {
+QDomElement XmlElementCollection::importCategory() const
+{
 	return root().firstChildElement("category");
 }
 

sources/NameList/nameslist.cpp

@@ -24,13 +24,15 @@ int NamesList::MetaTypeId = qRegisterMetaType<NamesList>("NamesList");
 /**
 	Constructeur
 */
-NamesList::NamesList() {
+NamesList::NamesList()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-NamesList::~NamesList() {
+NamesList::~NamesList()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -56,28 +58,32 @@ void NamesList::removeName(const QString &lang) {
 /**
 	Supprime tous les noms
 */
-void NamesList::clearNames() {
+void NamesList::clearNames()
+{
 	hash_names.clear();
 }
 
 /**
 	@return La liste de toutes les langues disponibles
 */
-QList<QString> NamesList::langs() const {
+QList<QString> NamesList::langs() const
+{
 	return(hash_names.keys());
 }
 
 /**
 	@return true si la liste de noms est vide, false sinon
 */
-bool NamesList::isEmpty() const {
+bool NamesList::isEmpty() const
+{
 	return(hash_names.isEmpty());
 }
 
 /**
 	@return Le nombre de noms dans la liste
 */
-int NamesList::count() const {
+int NamesList::count() const
+{
 	return(hash_names.count());
 }
 
@@ -95,7 +101,8 @@ QString &NamesList::operator[](const QString &lang) {
 	@return Le nom dans la langue donnee ou QString() si ce nom n'est pas
 	defini
 */
-const QString NamesList::operator[](const QString &lang) const {
+const QString NamesList::operator[](const QString &lang) const
+{
 	return(hash_names.value(lang));
 }
 
@@ -166,7 +173,8 @@ void NamesList::fromXml(const pugi::xml_node &xml_element, const QHash<QString,
 	@return L'element XML correspondant a la section "names"
 	@see count()
 */
-QDomElement NamesList::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document, const QHash<QString, QString> &xml_options) const {
+QDomElement NamesList::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document, const QHash<QString, QString> &xml_options) const
+{
 	QHash<QString, QString> xml_opt = getXmlOptions(xml_options);
 	QDomElement names_elmt = xml_document.createElement(xml_opt["ParentTagName"]);
 	QHashIterator<QString, QString> names_iterator(hash_names);
@@ -187,7 +195,8 @@ QDomElement NamesList::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document, const QHash<QString, QS
 		* LanguageAttribute (falls back to "lang")
 	@return the same set, with at least all the known options
 */
-QHash<QString, QString> NamesList::getXmlOptions(const QHash<QString, QString> &xml_options) const {
+QHash<QString, QString> NamesList::getXmlOptions(const QHash<QString, QString> &xml_options) const
+{
 	QHash<QString, QString> new_xml_options = xml_options;
 	if (!xml_options.contains("ParentTagName")) {
 		new_xml_options.insert("ParentTagName", "names");
@@ -205,7 +214,8 @@ QHash<QString, QString> NamesList::getXmlOptions(const QHash<QString, QString> &
 	@param nl une autre liste de noms
 	@return true si les listes de noms sont differentes, false sinon
 */
-bool NamesList::operator!=(const NamesList &nl) const {
+bool NamesList::operator!=(const NamesList &nl) const
+{
 	return(hash_names != nl.hash_names);
 }
 
@@ -213,7 +223,8 @@ bool NamesList::operator!=(const NamesList &nl) const {
 	@param nl une autre liste de noms
 	@return true si les listes de noms sont identiques, false sinon
 */
-bool NamesList::operator==(const NamesList &nl) const {
+bool NamesList::operator==(const NamesList &nl) const
+{
 	return(hash_names == nl.hash_names);
 }
 
@@ -228,7 +239,8 @@ bool NamesList::operator==(const NamesList &nl) const {
 	@param fallback_name name to be returned when no adequate name has been found
 	@return The adequate name regarding the current system locale.
 */
-QString NamesList::name(const QString &fallback_name) const {
+QString NamesList::name(const QString &fallback_name) const
+{
 	QString system_language = QETApp::langFromSetting();
 	QString returned_name;
 	if (!hash_names[system_language].isEmpty()) {

sources/NameList/ui/namelistdialog.cpp

@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ NameListDialog::NameListDialog(QWidget *parent) :
 #endif
 }
 
-NameListDialog::~NameListDialog() {
+NameListDialog::~NameListDialog()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -48,7 +49,8 @@ void NameListDialog::setInformationText(const QString &text) {
 	@return the name list widget used by this dialog.
 	The ownership of the namelistwidget stay to this dialog
 */
-NameListWidget *NameListDialog::namelistWidget() const {
+NameListWidget *NameListDialog::namelistWidget() const
+{
 	return m_namelist_widget;
 }
 
@@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ void NameListDialog::setHelpText(const QString &text)
 	}
 }
 
-void NameListDialog::showHelpDialog() {
+void NameListDialog::showHelpDialog()
+{
 	QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Variables de cartouche"), m_help_text);
 }

sources/NameList/ui/namelistwidget.cpp

@@ -122,7 +122,8 @@ void NameListWidget::setReadOnly(bool ro)
 	@return true if empty.
 	An empty dialog, is a dialog without any edited lang.
 */
-bool NameListWidget::isEmpty() const {
+bool NameListWidget::isEmpty() const
+{
 	return names().isEmpty();
 }
 

sources/PropertiesEditor/propertieseditordockwidget.cpp

@@ -103,7 +103,8 @@ bool PropertiesEditorDockWidget::addEditor(PropertiesEditorWidget *editor,
 	@brief PropertiesEditorDockWidget::editors
 	@return all editor used in this dock
 */
-QList<PropertiesEditorWidget *> PropertiesEditorDockWidget::editors() const {
+QList<PropertiesEditorWidget *> PropertiesEditorDockWidget::editors() const
+{
 	return m_editor_list;
 }
 

sources/PropertiesEditor/propertieseditorwidget.cpp

@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ QUndoCommand *PropertiesEditorWidget::associatedUndo() const{
 	@brief PropertiesEditorWidget::title
 	@return the title of this editor
 */
-QString PropertiesEditorWidget::title() const {
+QString PropertiesEditorWidget::title() const
+{
 	return QString();
 }
 
@@ -68,6 +69,7 @@ bool PropertiesEditorWidget::setLiveEdit(bool live_edit) {
 	@return true if this editor is in live edit mode
 	else return fasle.
 */
-bool PropertiesEditorWidget::isLiveEdit() const {
+bool PropertiesEditorWidget::isLiveEdit() const
+{
 	return m_live_edit;
 }

sources/QetGraphicsItemModeler/qetgraphicshandleritem.cpp

@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ QetGraphicsHandlerItem::QetGraphicsHandlerItem(qreal size) :
 	@brief QetGraphicsHandlerItem::boundingRect
 	@return 
 */
-QRectF QetGraphicsHandlerItem::boundingRect() const {
+QRectF QetGraphicsHandlerItem::boundingRect() const
+{
 	return m_br;
 }
 

sources/SearchAndReplace/ui/replaceconductordialog.cpp

@@ -319,7 +319,8 @@ void ReplaceConductorDialog::on_m_neutral_cb_toggled(bool checked)
 	}
 }
 
-void ReplaceConductorDialog::on_m_update_preview_pb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceConductorDialog::on_m_update_preview_pb_clicked()
+{
 	updatePreview();
 }
 

sources/SearchAndReplace/ui/replacefoliowidget.cpp

@@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ ReplaceFolioDialog::~ReplaceFolioDialog()
 	@brief ReplaceFolioDialog::titleBlockProperties
 	@return The title block properties edited by this dialog
 */
-TitleBlockProperties ReplaceFolioDialog::titleBlockProperties() const {
+TitleBlockProperties ReplaceFolioDialog::titleBlockProperties() const
+{
 	return m_widget->titleBlockProperties();
 }
 
@@ -152,49 +153,56 @@ void ReplaceFolioDialog::setTitleBlockProperties(
 		const TitleBlockProperties &properties) {
 	m_widget->setTitleBlockProperties(properties);
 }
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_title_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_title_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_title_le->setText(ui->m_title_cb->isChecked()
 				? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 				: QString());
 	ui->m_title_le->setDisabled(ui->m_title_cb->isChecked());
 }
 
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_author_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_author_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_author_le->setText(ui->m_author_cb->isChecked()
 				 ? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 				 : QString());
 	ui->m_author_le->setDisabled(ui->m_author_cb->isChecked());
 }
 
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_file_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_file_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_file_le->setText(ui->m_file_cb->isChecked()
 			       ? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 			       : QString());
 	ui->m_file_le->setDisabled(ui->m_file_cb->isChecked());
 }
 
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_folio_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_folio_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_folio_le->setText(ui->m_folio_cb->isChecked()
 				? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 				: QString());
 	ui->m_folio_le->setDisabled(ui->m_folio_cb->isChecked());
 }
 
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_plant_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_plant_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_plant->setText(ui->m_plant_cb->isChecked()
 			     ? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 			     : QString());
 	ui->m_plant->setDisabled(ui->m_plant_cb->isChecked());
 }
 
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_loc_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_loc_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_loc->setText(ui->m_loc_cb->isChecked()
 			   ? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 			   : QString());
 	ui->m_loc->setDisabled(ui->m_loc_cb->isChecked());
 }
 
-void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_indice_cb_clicked() {
+void ReplaceFolioWidget::on_m_indice_cb_clicked()
+{
 	ui->m_indice->setText(ui->m_indice_cb->isChecked()
 			      ? SearchAndReplaceWorker::eraseText()
 			      : QString());

sources/SearchAndReplace/ui/searchandreplacewidget.cpp

@@ -70,7 +70,8 @@ SearchAndReplaceWidget::SearchAndReplaceWidget(QWidget *parent) :
 	@brief SearchAndReplaceWidget::~SearchAndReplaceWidget
 	Destructor
 */
-SearchAndReplaceWidget::~SearchAndReplaceWidget() {
+SearchAndReplaceWidget::~SearchAndReplaceWidget()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 

sources/autoNum/assignvariables.cpp

@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ namespace autonum
 		hundred_folio = other.hundred_folio;
 	}
 
-	sequentialNumbers::~sequentialNumbers() {}
+	sequentialNumbers::~sequentialNumbers()
+{}
 
 	sequentialNumbers &sequentialNumbers::operator=(
 			const sequentialNumbers &other)

sources/autoNum/numerotationcontext.cpp

@@ -23,7 +23,8 @@
 /**
 	Constructor
 */
-NumerotationContext::NumerotationContext(){
+NumerotationContext::NumerotationContext()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -36,7 +37,8 @@ NumerotationContext::NumerotationContext(QDomElement &e) {
 /**
 	@brief NumerotationContext::clear, clear the content
 */
-void NumerotationContext::clear () {
+void NumerotationContext::clear ()
+{
 	content_.clear();
 }
 
@@ -75,7 +77,8 @@ bool NumerotationContext::addValue(const QString &type,
 	@param i
 	@return the string at position i
 */
-QString NumerotationContext::operator [] (const int &i) const {
+QString NumerotationContext::operator [] (const int &i) const
+{
 	return (content_.at(i));
 }
 
@@ -90,7 +93,8 @@ void NumerotationContext::operator << (const NumerotationContext &other) {
 	@brief NumerotationContext::size
 	@return size of context
 */
-int NumerotationContext::size() const {
+int NumerotationContext::size() const
+{
 	return (content_.size());
 }
 
@@ -98,7 +102,8 @@ int NumerotationContext::size() const {
 	@brief NumerotationContext::isEmpty
 	@return true if numerotation contet is empty
 */
-bool NumerotationContext::isEmpty() const {
+bool NumerotationContext::isEmpty() const
+{
 	if (content_.size() > 0) return false;
 	return true;
 }
@@ -107,7 +112,8 @@ bool NumerotationContext::isEmpty() const {
 	@param i
 	@return the content at position i 1:type 2:value 3:increase
 */
-QStringList NumerotationContext::itemAt(const int i) const {
+QStringList NumerotationContext::itemAt(const int i) const
+{
 	return (content_.at(i).split("|"));
 }
 
@@ -115,7 +121,8 @@ QStringList NumerotationContext::itemAt(const int i) const {
 	@brief validRegExpNum
 	@return all type use to numerotation
 */
-QString NumerotationContext::validRegExpNum () const {
+QString NumerotationContext::validRegExpNum () const
+{
 	return ("unit|unitfolio|ten|tenfolio|hundred|hundredfolio|string|idfolio|folio|plant|locmach|elementline|elementcolumn|elementprefix");
 }
 
@@ -123,7 +130,8 @@ QString NumerotationContext::validRegExpNum () const {
 	@brief NumerotationContext::validRegExpNumber
 	@return all type represents a number
 */
-QString NumerotationContext::validRegExpNumber() const {
+QString NumerotationContext::validRegExpNumber() const
+{
 	return ("unit|unitfolio|ten|tenfolio|hundred|hundredfolio");
 }
 
@@ -131,7 +139,8 @@ QString NumerotationContext::validRegExpNumber() const {
 	@brief NumerotationContext::keyIsAcceptable
 	@return true if type is acceptable
 */
-bool NumerotationContext::keyIsAcceptable(const QString &type) const {
+bool NumerotationContext::keyIsAcceptable(const QString &type) const
+{
 	return (type.contains(QRegExp(validRegExpNum())));
 }
 
@@ -139,7 +148,8 @@ bool NumerotationContext::keyIsAcceptable(const QString &type) const {
 	@brief NumerotationContext::keyIsNumber
 	@return true if type represent a number
 */
-bool NumerotationContext::keyIsNumber(const QString &type) const {
+bool NumerotationContext::keyIsNumber(const QString &type) const
+{
 	return (type.contains(QRegExp(validRegExpNumber())));
 }
 

sources/autoNum/numerotationcontextcommands.cpp

@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ NumerotationContextCommands::NumerotationContextCommands(const NumerotationConte
 /**
 	@brief Destructor
 */
-NumerotationContextCommands::~NumerotationContextCommands() {
+NumerotationContextCommands::~NumerotationContextCommands()
+{
 	if (strategy_) delete strategy_;
 }
 
@@ -38,7 +39,8 @@ NumerotationContextCommands::~NumerotationContextCommands() {
 	@brief NumerotationContextCommands::next
 	@return the next numerotation context
 */
-NumerotationContext NumerotationContextCommands::next() {
+NumerotationContext NumerotationContextCommands::next()
+{
 	NumerotationContext contextnum;
 
 	for (int i=0; i<context_.size(); ++i) {
@@ -53,7 +55,8 @@ NumerotationContext NumerotationContextCommands::next() {
 	@brief NumerotationContextCommands::previous
 	@return the previous numerotation context
 */
-NumerotationContext NumerotationContextCommands::previous() {
+NumerotationContext NumerotationContextCommands::previous()
+{
 	NumerotationContext contextnum;
 
 	for (int i=0; i<context_.size(); ++i) {
@@ -68,7 +71,8 @@ NumerotationContext NumerotationContextCommands::previous() {
 	@brief NumerotationContextCommands::toFinalString
 	@return the string represented by the numerotation context
 */
-QString NumerotationContextCommands::toRepresentedString() {
+QString NumerotationContextCommands::toRepresentedString()
+{
 	QString num;
 	if (context_.size()) {
 		for (int i=0; i<context_.size(); i++) {
@@ -155,14 +159,16 @@ NumStrategy::NumStrategy (Diagram *d):
 	diagram_ (d)
 {}
 
-NumStrategy::~NumStrategy() {}
+NumStrategy::~NumStrategy()
+{}
 
 /**
 	@brief NumStrategy::nextString
 	@return the next value of nc at position i
 */
 NumerotationContext NumStrategy::nextString (const NumerotationContext &nc,
-					     const int i) const {
+					     const int i) const
+{
 	QStringList strl = nc.itemAt(i);
 	NumerotationContext newnc;
 	newnc.addValue(strl.at(0), strl.at(1), strl.at(2).toInt());
@@ -174,7 +180,8 @@ NumerotationContext NumStrategy::nextString (const NumerotationContext &nc,
 	@return the next value of nc at position i
 */
 NumerotationContext NumStrategy::nextNumber (const NumerotationContext &nc,
-					     const int i) const {
+					     const int i) const
+{
 	QStringList strl = nc.itemAt(i);
 	NumerotationContext newnc;
 	QString value = QString::number( (strl.at(1).toInt()) + (strl.at(2).toInt()) );
@@ -187,7 +194,8 @@ NumerotationContext NumStrategy::nextNumber (const NumerotationContext &nc,
 	@return  the previous value of nc at position i
 */
 NumerotationContext NumStrategy::previousNumber(const NumerotationContext &nc,
-						const int i) const {
+						const int i) const
+{
 	QStringList strl = nc.itemAt(i);
 	NumerotationContext newnc;
 	QString value = QString::number( (strl.at(1).toInt()) - (strl.at(2).toInt()) );
@@ -206,7 +214,8 @@ UnitNum::UnitNum(Diagram *d):
 	@brief UnitNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString UnitNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
+QString UnitNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const
+{
 	return (num);
 }
 
@@ -214,7 +223,8 @@ QString UnitNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
 	@brief UnitNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext UnitNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext UnitNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -222,7 +232,8 @@ NumerotationContext UnitNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) c
 	@brief UnitNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext UnitNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext UnitNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (previousNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -237,7 +248,8 @@ UnitFNum::UnitFNum(Diagram *d):
 	@brief UnitFNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString UnitFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
+QString UnitFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const
+{
 	return (num);
 }
 
@@ -245,7 +257,8 @@ QString UnitFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
 	@brief UnitFNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext UnitFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext UnitFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -253,7 +266,8 @@ NumerotationContext UnitFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i)
 	@brief UnitFNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext UnitFNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext UnitFNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (previousNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -268,7 +282,8 @@ TenNum::TenNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief TenNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString TenNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
+QString TenNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const
+{
 	int numint = num.toInt();
 	QString numstr = num;
 	if (numint<10) numstr.prepend("0");
@@ -279,7 +294,8 @@ QString TenNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
 	@brief TenNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext TenNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext TenNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -287,7 +303,8 @@ NumerotationContext TenNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) co
 	@brief TenNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext TenNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext TenNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (previousNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -302,7 +319,8 @@ TenFNum::TenFNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief TenFNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString TenFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
+QString TenFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const
+{
 	int numint = num.toInt();
 	QString numstr = num;
 	if (numint<10) numstr.prepend("0");
@@ -313,7 +331,8 @@ QString TenFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
 	@brief TenFNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext TenFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext TenFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -321,7 +340,8 @@ NumerotationContext TenFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) c
 	@brief TenFNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext TenFNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext TenFNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (previousNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -337,7 +357,8 @@ HundredNum::HundredNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief HundredNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString HundredNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
+QString HundredNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const
+{
 	int numint = num.toInt();
 	QString numstr = num;
 	if (numint<100) {
@@ -353,7 +374,8 @@ QString HundredNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
 	@brief HundredNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext HundredNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext HundredNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -361,7 +383,8 @@ NumerotationContext HundredNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i
 	@brief HundredNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext HundredNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext HundredNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (previousNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -376,7 +399,8 @@ HundredFNum::HundredFNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief HundredFNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString HundredFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
+QString HundredFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const
+{
 	int numint = num.toInt();
 	QString numstr = num;
 	if (numint<100) {
@@ -392,7 +416,8 @@ QString HundredFNum::toRepresentedString(const QString num) const {
 	@brief HundredFNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext HundredFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext HundredFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -400,7 +425,8 @@ NumerotationContext HundredFNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int
 	@brief HundredFNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext HundredFNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext HundredFNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (previousNumber(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -415,7 +441,8 @@ StringNum::StringNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief StringNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString StringNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString StringNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	return (str);
 }
 
@@ -423,7 +450,8 @@ QString StringNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief StringNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext StringNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext StringNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -431,7 +459,8 @@ NumerotationContext StringNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i)
 	@brief StringNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext StringNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext StringNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -446,7 +475,8 @@ IdFolioNum::IdFolioNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief IdFolioNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of num
 */
-QString IdFolioNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString IdFolioNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return ("%id");
 }
@@ -455,7 +485,8 @@ QString IdFolioNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief IdFolioNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext IdFolioNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext IdFolioNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -463,7 +494,8 @@ NumerotationContext IdFolioNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i
 	@brief IdFolioNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext IdFolioNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext IdFolioNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -478,7 +510,8 @@ FolioNum::FolioNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief FolioNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of folio
 */
-QString FolioNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString FolioNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return ("%F");
 }
@@ -487,7 +520,8 @@ QString FolioNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief FolioNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext FolioNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext FolioNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -495,7 +529,8 @@ NumerotationContext FolioNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i)
 	@brief FolioNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext FolioNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext FolioNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -510,7 +545,8 @@ PlantNum::PlantNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief PlantNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of folio
 */
-QString PlantNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString PlantNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return "%M";
 }
@@ -519,7 +555,8 @@ QString PlantNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief PlantNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext PlantNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext PlantNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -527,7 +564,8 @@ NumerotationContext PlantNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i)
 	@brief PlantNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext PlantNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext PlantNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -543,7 +581,8 @@ LocmachNum::LocmachNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief LocmachNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of folio
 */
-QString LocmachNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString LocmachNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return "%LM";
 }
@@ -552,7 +591,8 @@ QString LocmachNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief LocmachNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext LocmachNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext LocmachNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -560,7 +600,8 @@ NumerotationContext LocmachNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i
 	@brief LocmachNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext LocmachNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext LocmachNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -576,7 +617,8 @@ ElementLineNum::ElementLineNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief ElementLineNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of folio
 */
-QString ElementLineNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString ElementLineNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return "%l";
 }
@@ -585,7 +627,8 @@ QString ElementLineNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief ElementLineNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext ElementLineNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext ElementLineNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -593,7 +636,8 @@ NumerotationContext ElementLineNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const i
 	@brief ElementLineNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext ElementLineNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext ElementLineNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -608,7 +652,8 @@ ElementColumnNum::ElementColumnNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief ElementColumnNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of folio
 */
-QString ElementColumnNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString ElementColumnNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return "%c";
 }
@@ -617,7 +662,8 @@ QString ElementColumnNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief ElementColumnNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext ElementColumnNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext ElementColumnNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -625,7 +671,8 @@ NumerotationContext ElementColumnNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const
 	@brief ElementColumnNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext ElementColumnNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext ElementColumnNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -640,7 +687,8 @@ ElementPrefixNum::ElementPrefixNum (Diagram *d):
 	@brief ElementPrefixNum::toRepresentedString
 	@return the represented string of folio
 */
-QString ElementPrefixNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
+QString ElementPrefixNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const
+{
 	Q_UNUSED(str);
 	return "%prefix";
 }
@@ -649,7 +697,8 @@ QString ElementPrefixNum::toRepresentedString(const QString str) const {
 	@brief ElementPrefixNum::next
 	@return the next NumerotationContext nc at position i
 */
-NumerotationContext ElementPrefixNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext ElementPrefixNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 
@@ -657,7 +706,8 @@ NumerotationContext ElementPrefixNum::next (const NumerotationContext &nc, const
 	@brief ElementPrefixNum::previous
 	@return the previous NumerotationContext nc at posiiton i
 */
-NumerotationContext ElementPrefixNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const {
+NumerotationContext ElementPrefixNum::previous(const NumerotationContext &nc, const int i) const
+{
 	return (nextString(nc, i));
 }
 

sources/autoNum/ui/autonumberingdockwidget.cpp

@@ -157,7 +157,8 @@ void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setProject(QETProject *project,
 	@brief AutoNumberingDockWidget::setContext
 	Add all itens to comboboxes
 */
-void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setContext() {
+void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setContext()
+{
 
 	this->clear();
 
@@ -204,7 +205,8 @@ void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setConductorActive(DiagramView* dv) {
 	@brief AutoNumberingDockWidget::setActive
 	Set current used autonumberings
 */
-void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setActive() {
+void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setActive()
+{
 
 	if (m_project_view!=nullptr) {
 			//Conductor
@@ -233,7 +235,8 @@ void AutoNumberingDockWidget::setActive() {
 	@brief AutoNumberingDockWidget::conductorAutoNumChanged
 	Add new or remove conductor auto num from combobox
 */
-void AutoNumberingDockWidget::conductorAutoNumChanged() {
+void AutoNumberingDockWidget::conductorAutoNumChanged()
+{
 	ui->m_conductor_cb->clear();
 
 	//Conductor Combobox
@@ -263,7 +266,8 @@ void AutoNumberingDockWidget::on_m_conductor_cb_activated(int)
 	@brief AutoNumberingDockWidget::elementAutoNumChanged
 	Add new or remove element auto num from combobox
 */
-void AutoNumberingDockWidget::elementAutoNumChanged() {
+void AutoNumberingDockWidget::elementAutoNumChanged()
+{
 
 	ui->m_element_cb->clear();
 
@@ -290,7 +294,8 @@ void AutoNumberingDockWidget::on_m_element_cb_activated(int)
 	@brief AutoNumberingDockWidget::folioAutoNumChanged
 	Add new or remove folio auto num from combobox
 */
-void AutoNumberingDockWidget::folioAutoNumChanged() {
+void AutoNumberingDockWidget::folioAutoNumChanged()
+{
 
 	ui->m_folio_cb->clear();
 

sources/autoNum/ui/numparteditorw.cpp

@@ -149,7 +149,8 @@ void NumPartEditorW::setVisibleItems()
 	@brief NumPartEditorW::toNumContext
 	@return the display to NumerotationContext
 */
-NumerotationContext NumPartEditorW::toNumContext() {
+NumerotationContext NumPartEditorW::toNumContext()
+{
 	NumerotationContext nc;
 	QString type_str;
 	switch (type_) {
@@ -214,7 +215,8 @@ NumerotationContext NumPartEditorW::toNumContext() {
 	@brief NumPartEditorW::isValid
 	@return true if value field isn't empty or if type is folio
 */
-bool NumPartEditorW::isValid() {
+bool NumPartEditorW::isValid()
+{
 	if (type_ == folio
 			|| type_ == idfolio
 			|| type_ == elementline
@@ -266,7 +268,8 @@ void NumPartEditorW::on_type_cb_activated(int) {
 	@brief NumPartEditorW::on_value_field_textChanged
 	emit changed when value_field text changed
 */
-void NumPartEditorW::on_value_field_textEdited() {
+void NumPartEditorW::on_value_field_textEdited()
+{
 	emit changed();
 }
 

sources/borderproperties.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ BorderProperties::BorderProperties() :
 	@brief BorderProperties::~BorderProperties
 	destructor
 */
-BorderProperties::~BorderProperties() {
+BorderProperties::~BorderProperties()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -95,7 +96,8 @@ bool BorderProperties::operator!=(const BorderProperties &bp) {
 	XML element to which attributes will be added
 	\~French Element XML auquel seront ajoutes des attributs
 */
-void BorderProperties::toXml(QDomElement &e) const {
+void BorderProperties::toXml(QDomElement &e) const
+{
 	e.setAttribute("cols",        columns_count);
 	e.setAttribute("colsize",     QString("%1").arg(columns_width));
 	e.setAttribute("rows",        rows_count);
@@ -134,7 +136,8 @@ void BorderProperties::fromXml(QDomElement &e) {
 	prefix to be added before the names of the parameters
 	\~French prefixe a ajouter devant les noms des parametres
 */
-void BorderProperties::toSettings(QSettings &settings, const QString &prefix) const {
+void BorderProperties::toSettings(QSettings &settings, const QString &prefix) const
+{
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "cols",        columns_count);
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "colsize",     columns_width);
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "displaycols", display_columns);

sources/bordertitleblock.cpp

@@ -71,7 +71,8 @@ BorderTitleBlock::BorderTitleBlock(QObject *parent) :
 	@brief BorderTitleBlock::~BorderTitleBlock
 	\~French Destructeur - ne fait rien
 */
-BorderTitleBlock::~BorderTitleBlock() {
+BorderTitleBlock::~BorderTitleBlock()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -96,7 +97,8 @@ QRectF BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockRect() const
 	@brief BorderTitleBlock::titleblockInformation
 	@return
 */
-DiagramContext BorderTitleBlock::titleblockInformation() const {
+DiagramContext BorderTitleBlock::titleblockInformation() const
+{
 	return m_titleblock_template_renderer->context();
 }
 
@@ -131,7 +133,8 @@ QRectF BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockRectForQPainter() const
 	It's like unite outsideBorderRect and titleBlockRect.
 	The rect is in scene coordinate
 */
-QRectF BorderTitleBlock::borderAndTitleBlockRect() const {
+QRectF BorderTitleBlock::borderAndTitleBlockRect() const
+{
 	return diagram_rect_ | titleBlockRect();
 }
 
@@ -276,7 +279,8 @@ void BorderTitleBlock::borderFromXml(const QDomElement &xml_elmt) {
 	@return the properties of the titleblock
 	\~French les proprietes du cartouches
 */
-TitleBlockProperties BorderTitleBlock::exportTitleBlock() {
+TitleBlockProperties BorderTitleBlock::exportTitleBlock()
+{
 	TitleBlockProperties ip;
 	
 	ip.author = author();
@@ -330,7 +334,8 @@ void BorderTitleBlock::importTitleBlock(const TitleBlockProperties &ip) {
 	@return border properties
 	\~French les proprietes de la bordure
 */
-BorderProperties BorderTitleBlock::exportBorder() {
+BorderProperties BorderTitleBlock::exportBorder()
+{
 	BorderProperties bp;
 	bp.columns_count = columnsCount();
 	bp.columns_width = columnsWidth();
@@ -364,7 +369,8 @@ void BorderTitleBlock::importBorder(const BorderProperties &bp) {
 	@return the titleblock template used to render the titleblock
 	@see TitleBlockTemplateRenderer::titleBlockTemplate()
 */
-const TitleBlockTemplate *BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockTemplate() {
+const TitleBlockTemplate *BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockTemplate()
+{
 	return(m_titleblock_template_renderer -> titleBlockTemplate());
 }
 
@@ -384,7 +390,8 @@ void BorderTitleBlock::setTitleBlockTemplate(
 	@brief BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockTemplateName
 	@return The name of the template used to render the titleblock.
 */
-QString BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockTemplateName() const {
+QString BorderTitleBlock::titleBlockTemplateName() const
+{
 	QString tbt_name = m_titleblock_template_renderer -> titleBlockTemplate() -> name();
 	return((tbt_name == "default") ? "" : tbt_name);
 }

sources/bordertitleblock.h

@@ -79,14 +79,16 @@ class BorderTitleBlock : public QObject
 			@return the diagram width,
 			i.e. the width of the border without title block
 		*/
-		qreal diagramWidth() const {
+		qreal diagramWidth() const
+{
 			return(columnsTotalWidth() + rowsHeaderWidth()); }
 		/**
 			@brief diagramHeight
 			@return the diagram height,
 			i.e. the height of the border without title block
 		*/
-		qreal diagramHeight() const {
+		qreal diagramHeight() const
+{
 			return(rowsTotalHeight() + columnsHeaderHeight()); }
 
 		QRectF titleBlockRect () const;

sources/conductorautonumerotation.cpp

@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ ConductorAutoNumerotation::ConductorAutoNumerotation(
 	@brief ConductorAutoNumerotation::numerate
 	execute the automatic numerotation
 */
-void ConductorAutoNumerotation::numerate() {
+void ConductorAutoNumerotation::numerate()
+{
 	if (!m_conductor) return;
 	if (conductor_list.size() >= 1 ) numeratePotential();
 	else if (m_conductor -> properties().type == ConductorProperties::Multi)

sources/conductorprofile.cpp

@@ -21,7 +21,8 @@
 #include "terminal.h"
 
 /// Constructeur
-ConductorProfile::ConductorProfile() {
+ConductorProfile::ConductorProfile()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -64,23 +65,27 @@ ConductorProfile &ConductorProfile::operator=(const ConductorProfile &c) {
 }
 
 /// destructeur
-ConductorProfile::~ConductorProfile() {
+ConductorProfile::~ConductorProfile()
+{
 	setNull();
 }
 
 /// @return true si le profil est nul
-bool ConductorProfile::isNull() const {
+bool ConductorProfile::isNull() const
+{
 	return(segments.isEmpty());
 }
 
 /// supprime les segments du profil de conducteur
-void ConductorProfile::setNull() {
+void ConductorProfile::setNull()
+{
 	foreach(ConductorSegmentProfile *csp, segments) delete csp;
 	segments.clear();
 }
 
 /// @return la largeur occupee par le conducteur
-qreal ConductorProfile::width() const {
+qreal ConductorProfile::width() const
+{
 	qreal width = 0.0;
 	foreach(ConductorSegmentProfile *csp, segments) {
 		if (csp -> isHorizontal) width += csp -> length;
@@ -101,7 +106,8 @@ qreal ConductorProfile::height() const{
 	@param type Type de Segments
 	@return Le nombre de segments composant le conducteur.
 */
-uint ConductorProfile::segmentsCount(QET::ConductorSegmentType type) const {
+uint ConductorProfile::segmentsCount(QET::ConductorSegmentType type) const
+{
 	if (type == QET::Both) return(segments.count());
 	uint nb_seg = 0;
 	foreach(ConductorSegmentProfile *csp, segments) {
@@ -112,7 +118,8 @@ uint ConductorProfile::segmentsCount(QET::ConductorSegmentType type) const {
 }
 
 /// @return les segments horizontaux de ce profil
-QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> ConductorProfile::horizontalSegments() {
+QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> ConductorProfile::horizontalSegments()
+{
 	QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> segments_list;
 	foreach(ConductorSegmentProfile *csp, segments) {
 		if (csp -> isHorizontal) segments_list << csp;
@@ -121,7 +128,8 @@ QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> ConductorProfile::horizontalSegments() {
 }
 
 /// @return les segments verticaux de ce profil
-QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> ConductorProfile::verticalSegments() {
+QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> ConductorProfile::verticalSegments()
+{
 	QList<ConductorSegmentProfile *> segments_list;
 	foreach(ConductorSegmentProfile *csp, segments) {
 		if (!csp -> isHorizontal) segments_list << csp;

sources/conductorproperties.cpp

@@ -31,7 +31,8 @@ SingleLineProperties::SingleLineProperties() :
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-SingleLineProperties::~SingleLineProperties() {
+SingleLineProperties::~SingleLineProperties()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -43,7 +44,8 @@ void SingleLineProperties::setPhasesCount(int n) {
 }
 
 /// @return le nombre de phases (0, 1, 2, ou 3)
-unsigned short int SingleLineProperties::phasesCount() {
+unsigned short int SingleLineProperties::phasesCount()
+{
 	return(phases);
 }
 
@@ -52,7 +54,8 @@ unsigned short int SingleLineProperties::phasesCount() {
 	(Protective Earth Neutral) representation and if it features the ground and
 	the neutral.
 */
-bool SingleLineProperties::isPen() const {
+bool SingleLineProperties::isPen() const
+{
 	return(hasNeutral && hasGround && is_pen);
 }
 
@@ -211,7 +214,8 @@ void SingleLineProperties::drawPen(QPainter *painter,
 	ajoutes a l'element e.
 	@param e Element XML auquel seront ajoutes des attributs
 */
-void SingleLineProperties::toXml(QDomElement &e) const {
+void SingleLineProperties::toXml(QDomElement &e) const
+{
 	e.setAttribute("ground",  hasGround  ? "true" : "false");
 	e.setAttribute("neutral", hasNeutral ? "true" : "false");
 	e.setAttribute("phase",   phases);
@@ -251,7 +255,8 @@ ConductorProperties::ConductorProperties() :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-ConductorProperties::~ConductorProperties() {
+ConductorProperties::~ConductorProperties()
+{
 }
 
 
@@ -802,7 +807,8 @@ void ConductorProperties::readStyle(const QString &style_string) {
 	Exporte le style du conducteur sous forme d'une chaine de caracteres
 	@return une chaine de caracteres decrivant le style du conducteur
 */
-QString ConductorProperties::writeStyle() const {
+QString ConductorProperties::writeStyle() const
+{
 	if (style == Qt::DashLine) {
 		return("line-style: dashed;");
 	} else if (style == Qt::DashDotLine) {
@@ -816,7 +822,8 @@ QString ConductorProperties::writeStyle() const {
 	@param other l'autre ensemble de proprietes avec lequel il faut effectuer la comparaison
 	@return true si les deux ensembles de proprietes sont identiques, false sinon
 */
-int SingleLineProperties::operator==(const SingleLineProperties &other) const {
+int SingleLineProperties::operator==(const SingleLineProperties &other) const
+{
 	return(
 		other.hasGround == hasGround &&\
 		other.hasNeutral == hasNeutral &&\
@@ -829,7 +836,8 @@ int SingleLineProperties::operator==(const SingleLineProperties &other) const {
 	@param other l'autre ensemble de proprietes avec lequel il faut effectuer la comparaison
 	@return true si les deux ensembles de proprietes sont differents, false sinon
 */
-int SingleLineProperties::operator!=(const SingleLineProperties &other) const {
+int SingleLineProperties::operator!=(const SingleLineProperties &other) const
+{
 	return(!(other == (*this)));
 }
 
@@ -838,7 +846,8 @@ int SingleLineProperties::operator!=(const SingleLineProperties &other) const {
 	@param prefix prefix a ajouter devant les noms des parametres
 */
 void SingleLineProperties::toSettings(QSettings &settings,
-				      const QString &prefix) const {
+				      const QString &prefix) const
+{
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "hasGround",  hasGround);
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "hasNeutral", hasNeutral);
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "phases",     phases);

sources/conductorsegment.cpp

@@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ ConductorSegment::ConductorSegment(
 /**
 	Destructeur - Relie le segment precedent au suivant
 */
-ConductorSegment::~ConductorSegment() {
+ConductorSegment::~ConductorSegment()
+{
 	if (hasPreviousSegment()) previousSegment() -> setNextSegment(nextSegment());
 	if (hasNextSegment()) nextSegment() -> setPreviousSegment(previousSegment());
 }
@@ -54,7 +55,8 @@ ConductorSegment::~ConductorSegment() {
 	@param possible_dx La valeur du mouvement possible (au maximum)
 	@return true si le mouvement est possible ; false s'il doit etre limite
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointX(const qreal &asked_dx, qreal &possible_dx) const {
+bool ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointX(const qreal &asked_dx, qreal &possible_dx) const
+{
 	
 	Q_ASSERT_X(isVertical(), "ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointX", "segment non vertical");
 	
@@ -113,7 +115,8 @@ bool ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointX(const qreal &asked_dx, qreal &possible_d
 	@param possible_dx La valeur du mouvement possible (au maximum)
 	@return true si le mouvement est possible ; false s'il doit etre limite
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointX(const qreal &asked_dx, qreal &possible_dx) const {
+bool ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointX(const qreal &asked_dx, qreal &possible_dx) const
+{
 	
 	Q_ASSERT_X(isVertical(), "ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointX", "segment non vertical");
 	
@@ -172,7 +175,8 @@ bool ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointX(const qreal &asked_dx, qreal &possible_d
 	@param possible_dy La valeur du mouvement possible (au maximum)
 	@return true si le mouvement est possible ; false s'il doit etre limite
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointY(const qreal &asked_dy, qreal &possible_dy) const {
+bool ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointY(const qreal &asked_dy, qreal &possible_dy) const
+{
 	
 	Q_ASSERT_X(isHorizontal(), "ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointY", "segment non horizontal");
 	
@@ -231,7 +235,8 @@ bool ConductorSegment::canMove1stPointY(const qreal &asked_dy, qreal &possible_d
 	@param possible_dy La valeur du mouvement possible (au maximum)
 	@return true si le mouvement est possible ; false s'il doit etre limite
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointY(const qreal &asked_dy, qreal &possible_dy) const {
+bool ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointY(const qreal &asked_dy, qreal &possible_dy) const
+{
 	
 	Q_ASSERT_X(isHorizontal(), "ConductorSegment::canMove2ndPointY", "segment non horizontal");
 	
@@ -401,59 +406,68 @@ void ConductorSegment::setNextSegment(ConductorSegment *ns) {
 }
 
 /// @return true si ce segment est un segment statique, cad un segment relie a une borne
-bool ConductorSegment::isStatic() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::isStatic() const
+{
 	return(isFirstSegment() || isLastSegment());
 }
 
 /// @return true si ce segment est le premier du conducteur
-bool ConductorSegment::isFirstSegment() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::isFirstSegment() const
+{
 	return(!hasPreviousSegment());
 }
 
 /// @return true si ce segment est le dernier du conducteur
-bool ConductorSegment::isLastSegment() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::isLastSegment() const
+{
 	return(!hasNextSegment());
 }
 
 /**
 	@return Le segment precedent
 */
-ConductorSegment *ConductorSegment::previousSegment()  const {
+ConductorSegment *ConductorSegment::previousSegment()  const
+{
 	return(previous_segment);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return Le segment suivant
 */
-ConductorSegment *ConductorSegment::nextSegment()  const {
+ConductorSegment *ConductorSegment::nextSegment()  const
+{
 	return(next_segment);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return true si le segment est vertical, false sinon
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::isVertical() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::isVertical() const
+{
 	return(point1.x() == point2.x());
 }
 
 /**
 	@return true si le segment est horizontal, false sinon
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::isHorizontal() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::isHorizontal() const
+{
 	return(point1.y() == point2.y());
 }
 
 /**
 	@return le premier point du segment
 */
-QPointF ConductorSegment::firstPoint() const {
+QPointF ConductorSegment::firstPoint() const
+{
 	return(point1);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return le second point du segment
 */
-QPointF ConductorSegment::secondPoint() const {
+QPointF ConductorSegment::secondPoint() const
+{
 	return(point2);
 }
 
@@ -476,21 +490,24 @@ void ConductorSegment::setSecondPoint(const QPointF &p) {
 /**
 	@return true si le segment a un segment precedent, false sinon
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::hasPreviousSegment() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::hasPreviousSegment() const
+{
 	return(previous_segment != nullptr);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return true si le segment a un segment suivant, false sinon
 */
-bool ConductorSegment::hasNextSegment() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::hasNextSegment() const
+{
 	return(next_segment != nullptr);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return Le centre du rectangle delimitant le conducteur
 */
-QPointF ConductorSegment::middle() const {
+QPointF ConductorSegment::middle() const
+{
 	return(
 		QPointF(
 			(point1.x()+ point2.x()) / 2.0,
@@ -502,7 +519,8 @@ QPointF ConductorSegment::middle() const {
 /**
 	@return La longueur du conducteur
 */
-qreal ConductorSegment::length() const {
+qreal ConductorSegment::length() const
+{
 	if (isHorizontal()) {
 		return(secondPoint().x() - firstPoint().x());
 	} else {
@@ -511,11 +529,13 @@ qreal ConductorSegment::length() const {
 }
 
 /// @return QET::Horizontal si le segment est horizontal, QET::Vertical sinon
-QET::ConductorSegmentType ConductorSegment::type() const {
+QET::ConductorSegmentType ConductorSegment::type() const
+{
 	return(isHorizontal() ? QET::Horizontal : QET::Vertical);
 }
 
 /// @return true si les deux points constituant le segment sont egaux
-bool ConductorSegment::isPoint() const {
+bool ConductorSegment::isPoint() const
+{
 	return(point1 == point2);
 }

sources/configdialog.cpp

@@ -92,13 +92,15 @@ ConfigDialog::ConfigDialog(QWidget *parent) : QDialog(parent) {
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ConfigDialog::~ConfigDialog() {
+ConfigDialog::~ConfigDialog()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	Construit la liste des pages sur la gauche
 */
-void ConfigDialog::buildPagesList() {
+void ConfigDialog::buildPagesList()
+{
 	pages_list -> clear();
 	foreach(ConfigPage *page, pages) {
 		addPageToList(page);
@@ -119,7 +121,8 @@ void ConfigDialog::addPageToList(ConfigPage *page) {
 /**
 	Applique la configuration de toutes les pages
 */
-void ConfigDialog::applyConf() {
+void ConfigDialog::applyConf()
+{
 	foreach(ConfigPage *page, pages) {
 		page -> applyConf();
 	}

sources/configpages.cpp

@@ -103,7 +103,8 @@ NewDiagramPage::NewDiagramPage(QETProject *project,
 /**
 	@brief NewDiagramPage::~NewDiagramPage
 */
-NewDiagramPage::~NewDiagramPage() {
+NewDiagramPage::~NewDiagramPage()
+{
 	disconnect(ipw,SIGNAL(openAutoNumFolioEditor(QString)),this,SLOT(changeToAutoFolioTab()));
 }
 
@@ -113,7 +114,8 @@ NewDiagramPage::~NewDiagramPage() {
 	If there is a project, save in the project,
 	else save to the default conf of QElectroTech
 */
-void NewDiagramPage::applyConf() {
+void NewDiagramPage::applyConf()
+{
 	if (m_project) { //If project we save to the project
 		if (m_project -> isReadOnly()) return;
 		bool modified_project = false;
@@ -182,7 +184,8 @@ void NewDiagramPage::applyConf() {
 	@brief NewDiagramPage::icon
 	@return  icon of this page
 */
-QIcon NewDiagramPage::icon() const {
+QIcon NewDiagramPage::icon() const
+{
 	if (m_project) return(QET::Icons::NewDiagram);
 	return(QET::Icons::Projects);
 }
@@ -191,7 +194,8 @@ QIcon NewDiagramPage::icon() const {
 	@brief NewDiagramPage::title
 	@return title of this page
 */
-QString NewDiagramPage::title() const {
+QString NewDiagramPage::title() const
+{
 	if (m_project) return(tr("Nouveau folio", "configuration page title"));
 	return(tr("Nouveau projet", "configuration page title"));
 }
@@ -200,7 +204,8 @@ QString NewDiagramPage::title() const {
 	@brief NewDiagramPage::changeToAutoFolioTab
 	Set the current tab to Autonum
 */
-void NewDiagramPage::changeToAutoFolioTab(){
+void NewDiagramPage::changeToAutoFolioTab()
+{
 	if (m_project){
 		ppd_->setCurrentPage(ProjectPropertiesDialog::Autonum);
 		ppd_->changeToFolio();
@@ -222,7 +227,8 @@ void NewDiagramPage::setFolioAutonum(QString autoNum){
 	@brief NewDiagramPage::saveCurrentTbp
 	Save current TBP to retrieve after auto folio	num
 */
-void NewDiagramPage::saveCurrentTbp(){
+void NewDiagramPage::saveCurrentTbp()
+{
 	savedTbp = ipw->properties();
 }
 
@@ -230,7 +236,8 @@ void NewDiagramPage::saveCurrentTbp(){
 	@brief NewDiagramPage::loadSavedTbp
 	Retrieve saved auto folio num
 */
-void NewDiagramPage::loadSavedTbp(){
+void NewDiagramPage::loadSavedTbp()
+{
 	ipw->setProperties(savedTbp);
 	applyConf();
 }
@@ -260,7 +267,8 @@ ExportConfigPage::ExportConfigPage(QWidget *parent) : ConfigPage(parent) {
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ExportConfigPage::~ExportConfigPage() {
+ExportConfigPage::~ExportConfigPage()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -273,12 +281,14 @@ void ExportConfigPage::applyConf()
 }
 
 /// @return l'icone de cette page
-QIcon ExportConfigPage::icon() const {
+QIcon ExportConfigPage::icon() const
+{
 	return(QET::Icons::DocumentExport);
 }
 
 /// @return le titre de cette page
-QString ExportConfigPage::title() const {
+QString ExportConfigPage::title() const
+{
 	return(tr("Export", "configuration page title"));
 }
 
@@ -308,7 +318,8 @@ PrintConfigPage::PrintConfigPage(QWidget *parent) : ConfigPage(parent) {
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-PrintConfigPage::~PrintConfigPage() {
+PrintConfigPage::~PrintConfigPage()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -329,12 +340,14 @@ void PrintConfigPage::applyConf()
 }
 
 /// @return l'icone de cette page
-QIcon PrintConfigPage::icon() const {
+QIcon PrintConfigPage::icon() const
+{
 	return(QET::Icons::Printer);
 }
 
 /// @return le titre de cette page
-QString PrintConfigPage::title() const {
+QString PrintConfigPage::title() const
+{
 	return(tr("Impression", "configuration page title"));
 }
 

sources/createdxf.cpp

@@ -228,7 +228,11 @@ void  Createdxf::dxfBegin (const QString& fileName)
 	}
 }
 
-/* End Section of every DXF File*/
+/**
+	@brief Createdxf::dxfEnd
+	End Section of every DXF File
+	@param fileName
+*/
 void Createdxf::dxfEnd(const QString& fileName)
 {
 	// Creation of an output stream object in text mode.
@@ -251,9 +255,21 @@ void  Createdxf::dxfEnd (const QString& fileName)
 	}
 }
 
-
+/**
-/* draw circle in dxf format*/
+	@brief Createdxf::drawCircle
-void Createdxf::drawCircle (const QString& fileName, double radius, double x, double y, int colour)
+	draw circle in dxf format
+	@param fileName
+	@param radius
+	@param x
+	@param y
+	@param colour
+*/
+void Createdxf::drawCircle(
+		const QString& fileName,
+		double radius,
+		double x,
+		double y,
+		int colour)
 {
 	if (!fileName.isEmpty()) {
 		QFile file(fileName);
@@ -285,9 +301,23 @@ void Createdxf::drawCircle (const QString& fileName, double radius, double x, do
 	}
 }
 
-
+/**
-/* draw line in DXF Format*/
+	@brief Createdxf::drawLine
-void Createdxf::drawLine (const QString &fileName, double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2,const int &colour)
+	draw line in DXF Format
+	@param fileName
+	@param x1
+	@param y1
+	@param x2
+	@param y2
+	@param colour
+*/
+void Createdxf::drawLine (
+		const QString &fileName,
+		double x1,
+		double y1,
+		double x2,
+		double y2,
+		const int &colour)
 {
 	if (!fileName.isEmpty()) {
 		QFile file(fileName);
@@ -323,7 +353,8 @@ void Createdxf::drawLine (const QString &fileName, double x1, double y1, double
 	}
 }
 
-long Createdxf::RGBcodeTable[255]{
+long Createdxf::RGBcodeTable[255]
+{
 	0x000000,    0xff0000,    0xffff00,    0x00ff00,    0x00ffff,
 	0x0000ff,    0xff00ff,    0xffffff,    0x414141,    0x808080,
 	0xff0000,    0xffaaaa,    0xbd0000,    0xbd7e7e,    0x810000,
@@ -415,7 +446,11 @@ int Createdxf::getcolorCode (const long red, const long green, const long blue)
 	@param line
 	@param colorcode
 */
-void Createdxf::drawLine(const QString &filepath, const QLineF &line, const int &colorcode) {
+void Createdxf::drawLine(
+		const QString &filepath,
+		const QLineF &line,
+		const int &colorcode)
+{
 	drawLine(filepath, line.p1().x() * xScale,
 			 sheetHeight - (line.p1().y() * yScale),
 			 line.p2().x() * xScale,
@@ -423,7 +458,19 @@ void Createdxf::drawLine(const QString &filepath, const QLineF &line, const int
 			 colorcode);
 }
 
-void Createdxf::drawArcEllipse(const QString &file_path, qreal x, qreal y, qreal w, qreal h, qreal startAngle, qreal spanAngle, qreal hotspot_x, qreal hotspot_y, qreal rotation_angle, const int &colorcode) {
+void Createdxf::drawArcEllipse(
+		const QString &file_path,
+		qreal x,
+		qreal y,
+		qreal w,
+		qreal h,
+		qreal startAngle,
+		qreal spanAngle,
+		qreal hotspot_x,
+		qreal hotspot_y,
+		qreal rotation_angle,
+		const int &colorcode)
+{
 	// vector of parts of arc (stored as a pair of startAngle and spanAngle) for each quadrant.
 	QVector< QPair<qreal,qreal> > arc_parts_vector;
 	
@@ -534,7 +581,12 @@ void Createdxf::drawArcEllipse(const QString &file_path, qreal x, qreal y, qreal
 			arc_endAngle = temp;
 		}
 		
-		QPointF transformed_point = ExportDialog::rotation_transformed(center_x, center_y, hotspot_x, hotspot_y, rotation_angle);
+		QPointF transformed_point = ExportDialog::rotation_transformed(
+					center_x,
+					center_y,
+					hotspot_x,
+					hotspot_y,
+					rotation_angle);
 		center_x = transformed_point.x();
 		center_y = transformed_point.y();
 		arc_endAngle *= 180/3.142;
@@ -542,7 +594,14 @@ void Createdxf::drawArcEllipse(const QString &file_path, qreal x, qreal y, qreal
 		arc_endAngle -= rotation_angle;
 		arc_startAngle -= rotation_angle;
 		
-		drawArc(file_path, center_x, center_y, radius, arc_startAngle, arc_endAngle, colorcode);
+		drawArc(
+					file_path,
+					center_x,
+					center_y,
+					radius,
+					arc_startAngle,
+					arc_endAngle,
+					colorcode);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -553,16 +612,37 @@ void Createdxf::drawArcEllipse(const QString &file_path, qreal x, qreal y, qreal
 	@param rect
 	@param colorcode
 */
-void Createdxf::drawEllipse(const QString &filepath, const QRectF &rect, const int &colorcode) {
+void Createdxf::drawEllipse(
-	drawArcEllipse(filepath, rect.topLeft().x() * xScale,
+		const QString &filepath,
+		const QRectF &rect,
+		const int &colorcode)
+{
+	drawArcEllipse(
+				filepath,
+				rect.topLeft().x() * xScale,
 				sheetHeight - (rect.topLeft().y() * yScale),
 				rect.width() * xScale,
 				rect.height() * yScale,
 				0, 360, 0, 0, 0, colorcode);
 }
 
-/* draw rectangle in dxf format */
+/**
-void Createdxf::drawRectangle (const QString &fileName, double x1, double y1, double width, double height, const int &colour)
+	@brief Createdxf::drawRectangle
+	draw rectangle in dxf format
+	@param fileName
+	@param x1
+	@param y1
+	@param width
+	@param height
+	@param colour
+*/
+void Createdxf::drawRectangle (
+		const QString &fileName,
+		double x1,
+		double y1,
+		double width,
+		double height,
+		const int &colour)
 {
 	if (!fileName.isEmpty()) {
 		QFile file(fileName);
@@ -659,10 +739,13 @@ void Createdxf::drawRectangle (const QString &fileName, double x1, double y1, do
 	@param rect
 	@param colorcode
 */
-void Createdxf::drawRectangle(const QString &filepath,
+void Createdxf::drawRectangle(
+		const QString &filepath,
 		const QRectF &rect,
 		const int &colorcode) {
-	drawRectangle(filepath, rect.bottomLeft().x() * xScale,
+	drawRectangle(
+				filepath,
+				rect.bottomLeft().x() * xScale,
 				sheetHeight - (rect.bottomLeft().y() * yScale),
 				rect.width() * xScale,
 				rect.height() * yScale,
@@ -676,13 +759,17 @@ void Createdxf::drawRectangle(const QString &filepath,
 	@param poly
 	@param colorcode
 */
-void Createdxf::drawPolygon(const QString &filepath,
+void Createdxf::drawPolygon(
+		const QString &filepath,
 		const QPolygonF &poly,
-                  const int &colorcode) {
+		const int &colorcode)
+{
 	int lc = 0;
 	QPointF plast;
-    foreach(QPointF p, poly) {
+	foreach(QPointF p, poly)
-        if(lc++) {
+	{
+		if(lc++)
+		{
 			QLineF ql(plast,p);
 			drawLine(filepath,ql,colorcode);
 		}
@@ -700,7 +787,8 @@ void Createdxf::drawPolygon(const QString &filepath,
 	@param endAngle
 	@param color
 */
-void Createdxf::drawArc(const QString& fileName,
+void Createdxf::drawArc(
+		const QString& fileName,
 		double x,
 		double y,
 		double rad,
@@ -753,7 +841,8 @@ void Createdxf::drawArc(const QString& fileName,
 	@param rotation
 	@param colour
 */
-void Createdxf::drawText(const QString& fileName,
+void Createdxf::drawText(
+		const QString& fileName,
 		const QString& text,
 		double x,
 		double y,

sources/createdxf.h

@@ -21,8 +21,10 @@
 #include <QtCore>
 #include <QtWidgets>
 
-
+/**
-/* This class exports the project to DXF Format */
+	@brief The Createdxf class
+	This class exports the project to DXF Format
+*/
 class Createdxf
 {
 	public:
@@ -31,12 +33,14 @@ class Createdxf
 		static void dxfBegin (const QString&);
 		static void dxfEnd(const QString&);
 		// you can add more functions to create more drawings.
-		static void drawCircle(const QString&,
+		static void drawCircle(
+				const QString&,
 				double,
 				double,
 				double,
 				int);
-		static void drawArc(const QString&,
+		static void drawArc(
+				const QString&,
 				double x,
 				double y,
 				double rad,
@@ -45,7 +49,8 @@ class Createdxf
 				int color);
 		static void drawDonut(QString,double,double,double,int);
 
-		static void drawArcEllipse (const QString &file_path,
+		static void drawArcEllipse (
+				const QString &file_path,
 				qreal x,
 				qreal y,
 				qreal w,
@@ -61,37 +66,44 @@ class Createdxf
 					 const QRectF &rect,
 					 const int &colorcode);
 
-		static void drawRectangle(const QString &filepath,
+		static void drawRectangle(
+				const QString &filepath,
 				double,
 				double,
 				double,
 				double,
 				const int &colorcode);
-		static void drawRectangle(const QString &filepath,
+		static void drawRectangle(
+				const QString &filepath,
 				const QRectF &rect,
 				const int &colorcode);
 
-        static void drawPolygon(const QString &filepath,
+		static void drawPolygon(
+				const QString &filepath,
 				const QPolygonF &poly,
 				const int &colorcode);
 
-		static void drawLine(const QString &filapath,
+		static void drawLine(
+				const QString &filapath,
 				double,
 				double,
 				double,
 				double,
 				const int &clorcode);
-		static void drawLine(const QString &filepath,
+		static void drawLine(
+				const QString &filepath,
 				const QLineF &line,
 				const int &colorcode);
 
-		static void drawText(const QString&,
+		static void drawText(
+				const QString&,
 				const QString&,
 				double,double,
 				double,
 				double,
 				int);
-		static void drawTextAligned(const QString& fileName,
+		static void drawTextAligned(
+				const QString& fileName,
 				const QString& text,
 				double x,
 				double y,
@@ -105,7 +117,8 @@ class Createdxf
 				int colour);
 
 
-		static int getcolorCode (const long red,
+		static int getcolorCode (
+				const long red,
 				const long green,
 				const long blue);
 		static long RGBcodeTable[];

sources/dataBase/projectdatabase.cpp

@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ projectDataBase::projectDataBase(QETProject *project, const QString &connection_
 	@brief projectDataBase::~projectDataBase
 	Destructor
 */
-projectDataBase::~projectDataBase() {
+projectDataBase::~projectDataBase()
+{
 	m_data_base.close();
 }
 
@@ -71,7 +72,8 @@ void projectDataBase::updateDB()
 	@brief projectDataBase::project
 	@return the project of this  database
 */
-QETProject *projectDataBase::project() const {
+QETProject *projectDataBase::project() const
+{
 	return m_project;
 }
 

sources/dataBase/ui/elementquerywidget.cpp

@@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ ElementQueryWidget::ElementQueryWidget(QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	@brief ElementQueryWidget::~ElementQueryWidget
 */
-ElementQueryWidget::~ElementQueryWidget() {
+ElementQueryWidget::~ElementQueryWidget()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -413,7 +414,8 @@ void ElementQueryWidget::setCount(QString text, bool set)
 /**
 	@brief ElementQueryWidget::updateQueryLine
 */
-void ElementQueryWidget::updateQueryLine() {
+void ElementQueryWidget::updateQueryLine()
+{
 	ui->m_sql_query->setText(queryStr());
 }
 
@@ -464,7 +466,8 @@ void ElementQueryWidget::setUpItems()
 	@param key
 	@return the filter associated to key
 */
-QPair<int, QString> ElementQueryWidget::FilterFor(const QString &key) const {
+QPair<int, QString> ElementQueryWidget::FilterFor(const QString &key) const
+{
 	return m_filter.value(key, qMakePair(0, QString()));
 }
 

sources/dataBase/ui/summaryquerywidget.cpp

@@ -153,7 +153,8 @@ void SummaryQueryWidget::fillSavedQuery()
 /**
 	@brief SummaryQueryWidget::updateQueryLine
 */
-void SummaryQueryWidget::updateQueryLine() {
+void SummaryQueryWidget::updateQueryLine()
+{
 	ui->m_user_query_le->setText(queryStr());
 }
 

sources/diagram.cpp

@@ -516,7 +516,8 @@ void Diagram::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
 	@brief Diagram::uuid
 	@return the uuid of this diagram
 */
-QUuid Diagram::uuid() {
+QUuid Diagram::uuid()
+{
 	return m_uuid;
 }
 
@@ -561,7 +562,8 @@ void Diagram::clearEventInterface()
 	@brief Diagram::conductorsAutonumName
 	@return the name of autonum to use.
 */
-QString Diagram::conductorsAutonumName() const {
+QString Diagram::conductorsAutonumName() const
+{
 	return m_conductors_autonum_name;
 }
 
@@ -648,7 +650,8 @@ bool Diagram::toPaintDevice(QPaintDevice &pix,
 	\~ @return The size of the image generated by toImage()
 	\~French La taille de l'image generee par toImage()
 */
-QSize Diagram::imageSize() const {
+QSize Diagram::imageSize() const
+{
 	// determine la zone source =  contenu du schema + marges
 	qreal image_width, image_height;
 	if (!use_border_) {
@@ -677,7 +680,8 @@ QSize Diagram::imageSize() const {
 	\~French true si le schema est considere comme vide, false sinon.
 	Un schema vide ne contient ni element, ni conducteur, ni champ de texte
 */
-bool Diagram::isEmpty() const {
+bool Diagram::isEmpty() const
+{
 	return(!items().count());
 }
 
@@ -687,7 +691,8 @@ bool Diagram::isEmpty() const {
 	each potential are in the QList
 	and each conductors of one potential are in the QSet
 */
-QList < QSet <Conductor *> > Diagram::potentials() {
+QList < QSet <Conductor *> > Diagram::potentials()
+{
 	QList < QSet <Conductor *> > potential_List;
 	if (content().conductors().size() == 0)
 		return (potential_List); //return an empty potential
@@ -1673,7 +1678,8 @@ void Diagram::setTitleBlockTemplate(const QString &template_name)
 	Select all schema objects
 	\~French Selectionne tous les objets du schema
 */
-void Diagram::selectAll() {
+void Diagram::selectAll()
+{
 	if (items().isEmpty()) return;
 	
 	blockSignals(true);
@@ -1687,7 +1693,8 @@ void Diagram::selectAll() {
 	Deselects all selected objects
 	\~French Deslectionne tous les objets selectionnes
 */
-void Diagram::deselectAll() {
+void Diagram::deselectAll()
+{
 	if (items().isEmpty()) return;
 	
 	clearSelection();
@@ -1698,7 +1705,8 @@ void Diagram::deselectAll() {
 	Reverses the selection state of all schema objects
 	Inverse l'etat de selection de tous les objets du schema
 */
-void Diagram::invertSelection() {
+void Diagram::invertSelection()
+{
 	if (items().isEmpty()) return;
 	
 	blockSignals(true);
@@ -1854,7 +1862,8 @@ void Diagram::changeZValue(QET::DepthOption option)
 	This class loads all folio sequential variables related
 	to the current autonum
 */
-void Diagram::loadElmtFolioSeq() {
+void Diagram::loadElmtFolioSeq()
+{
 	QString title = project()->elementCurrentAutoNum();
 	NumerotationContext nc = project()->elementAutoNum(title);
 
@@ -1939,7 +1948,8 @@ void Diagram::loadElmtFolioSeq() {
 	This class loads all conductor folio sequential variables related
 	to the current autonum
 */
-void Diagram::loadCndFolioSeq() {
+void Diagram::loadCndFolioSeq()
+{
 	//Conductor
 	QString title = project()->conductorCurrentAutoNum();
 	NumerotationContext nc = project()->conductorAutoNum(title);
@@ -2020,7 +2030,8 @@ void Diagram::loadCndFolioSeq() {
 	@return title of the titleblock
 	\~Frenchle titre du cartouche
 */
-QString Diagram::title() const {
+QString Diagram::title() const
+{
 	return(border_and_titleblock.title());
 }
 
@@ -2028,7 +2039,8 @@ QString Diagram::title() const {
 	@brief Diagram::elements
 	@return  the list containing all elements
 */
-QList <Element *> Diagram::elements() const {
+QList <Element *> Diagram::elements() const
+{
 	QList<Element *> element_list;
 	foreach (QGraphicsItem *qgi, items()) {
 		if (Element *elmt = qgraphicsitem_cast<Element *>(qgi))
@@ -2041,7 +2053,8 @@ QList <Element *> Diagram::elements() const {
 	@brief Diagram::conductors
 	@return the list containing all conductors
 */
-QList <Conductor *> Diagram::conductors() const {
+QList <Conductor *> Diagram::conductors() const
+{
 	QList<Conductor *> cnd_list;
 	foreach (QGraphicsItem *qgi, items()) {
 		if (Conductor *cnd = qgraphicsitem_cast<Conductor *>(qgi))
@@ -2054,7 +2067,8 @@ QList <Conductor *> Diagram::conductors() const {
 	@brief Diagram::elementsMover
 	@return
 */
-ElementsMover &Diagram::elementsMover() {
+ElementsMover &Diagram::elementsMover()
+{
 	return m_elements_mover;
 }
 
@@ -2062,7 +2076,8 @@ ElementsMover &Diagram::elementsMover() {
 	@brief Diagram::elementTextsMover
 	@return
 */
-ElementTextsMover &Diagram::elementTextsMover() {
+ElementTextsMover &Diagram::elementTextsMover()
+{
 	return m_element_texts_mover;
 }
 
@@ -2111,7 +2126,8 @@ void Diagram::freezeElements(bool freeze) {
 	@brief Diagram::unfreezeElements
 	Unfreeze every existent element label.
 */
-void Diagram::unfreezeElements() {
+void Diagram::unfreezeElements()
+{
 	foreach (Element *elmt, elements()) {
 		elmt->freezeLabel(false);
 	}
@@ -2129,7 +2145,8 @@ void Diagram::setFreezeNewElements(bool b) {
 	@brief Diagram::freezeNewElements
 	@return current freeze new element status .
 */
-bool Diagram::freezeNewElements() {
+bool Diagram::freezeNewElements()
+{
 	return m_freeze_new_elements;
 }
 
@@ -2155,7 +2172,8 @@ void Diagram::setFreezeNewConductors(bool b) {
 	@brief Diagram::freezeNewConductors
 	@return current freeze new conductor status .
 */
-bool Diagram::freezeNewConductors() {
+bool Diagram::freezeNewConductors()
+{
 	return m_freeze_new_conductors_;
 }
 
@@ -2294,7 +2312,8 @@ void Diagram::setDrawColoredConductors(bool dcc) {
 	@return the list of conductors selected on the diagram
 	\~French la liste des conducteurs selectionnes sur le schema
 */
-QSet<Conductor *> Diagram::selectedConductors() const {
+QSet<Conductor *> Diagram::selectedConductors() const
+{
 	QSet<Conductor *> conductors_set;
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, selectedItems()) {
 		if (Conductor *c = qgraphicsitem_cast<Conductor *>(qgi)) {
@@ -2309,7 +2328,8 @@ QSet<Conductor *> Diagram::selectedConductors() const {
 	@return true if the clipboard appears to contain a schema
 	\~French true si le presse-papier semble contenir un schema
 */
-bool Diagram::clipboardMayContainDiagram() {
+bool Diagram::clipboardMayContainDiagram()
+{
 	QString clipboard_text = QApplication::clipboard() -> text().trimmed();
 	bool may_be_diagram = clipboard_text.startsWith("<diagram")
 			&& clipboard_text.endsWith("</diagram>");
@@ -2323,7 +2343,8 @@ bool Diagram::clipboardMayContainDiagram() {
 	\~French le projet auquel ce schema appartient
 	ou 0 s'il s'agit d'un schema independant.
 */
-QETProject *Diagram::project() const {
+QETProject *Diagram::project() const
+{
 	return(m_project);
 }
 
@@ -2332,7 +2353,8 @@ QETProject *Diagram::project() const {
 	@return the folio number of this diagram within its parent project,
 	or -1 if it is has no parent project
 */
-int Diagram::folioIndex() const {
+int Diagram::folioIndex() const
+{
 	if (!m_project) return(-1);
 	return(m_project -> folioIndex(this));
 }
@@ -2345,7 +2367,8 @@ int Diagram::folioIndex() const {
 	fallback_to_project is true.
 	@return the declared QElectroTech version of this diagram
 */
-qreal Diagram::declaredQElectroTechVersion(bool fallback_to_project) const {
+qreal Diagram::declaredQElectroTechVersion(bool fallback_to_project) const
+{
 	if (diagram_qet_version_ != -1) {
 		return diagram_qet_version_;
 	}
@@ -2372,7 +2395,8 @@ bool Diagram::isReadOnly() const
 	\~French Le contenu du schema. Les conducteurs sont tous places dans
 	conductorsToMove.
 */
-DiagramContent Diagram::content() const {
+DiagramContent Diagram::content() const
+{
 	DiagramContent dc;
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, items()) {
 		if (Element *e = qgraphicsitem_cast<Element *>(qgi)) {

sources/diagram.h

@@ -410,7 +410,8 @@ inline QGIManager &Diagram::qgiManager() {
 	@brief Diagram::drawTerminals
 	@return true if terminals are rendered, false otherwise
 */
-inline bool Diagram::drawTerminals() const {
+inline bool Diagram::drawTerminals() const
+{
 	return(draw_terminals_);
 }
 
@@ -418,7 +419,8 @@ inline bool Diagram::drawTerminals() const {
 	@brief Diagram::drawColoredConductors
 	@return true if conductors colors are rendered, false otherwise.
 */
-inline bool Diagram::drawColoredConductors() const {
+inline bool Diagram::drawColoredConductors() const
+{
 	return(draw_colored_conductors_);
 }
 

sources/diagramcommands.cpp

@@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ PasteDiagramCommand::PasteDiagramCommand( Diagram *dia, const DiagramContent &c,
 	@brief PasteDiagramCommand::~PasteDiagramCommand
 	Destructor
 */
-PasteDiagramCommand::~PasteDiagramCommand() {
+PasteDiagramCommand::~PasteDiagramCommand()
+{
 	diagram -> qgiManager().release(content.items(filter));
 }
 
@@ -162,7 +163,8 @@ CutDiagramCommand::CutDiagramCommand(
 	@brief CutDiagramCommand::~CutDiagramCommand
 	Destructeur
 */
-CutDiagramCommand::~CutDiagramCommand() {
+CutDiagramCommand::~CutDiagramCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -210,14 +212,16 @@ MoveElementsCommand::MoveElementsCommand(
 	@brief MoveElementsCommand::~MoveElementsCommand
 	Destructor
 */
-MoveElementsCommand::~MoveElementsCommand() {
+MoveElementsCommand::~MoveElementsCommand()
+{
 	delete m_anim_group;
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief MoveElementsCommand::undo
 */
-void MoveElementsCommand::undo() {
+void MoveElementsCommand::undo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	m_anim_group->setDirection(QAnimationGroup::Forward);
 	m_anim_group->start();
@@ -227,7 +231,8 @@ void MoveElementsCommand::undo() {
 /**
 	@brief MoveElementsCommand::redo
 */
-void MoveElementsCommand::redo() {
+void MoveElementsCommand::redo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	if (first_redo) {
 		first_redo = false;
@@ -329,14 +334,16 @@ MoveConductorsTextsCommand::MoveConductorsTextsCommand(
 	@brief MoveConductorsTextsCommand::~MoveConductorsTextsCommand
 	Destructeur
 */
-MoveConductorsTextsCommand::~MoveConductorsTextsCommand() {
+MoveConductorsTextsCommand::~MoveConductorsTextsCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief MoveConductorsTextsCommand::undo
 	annule le deplacement
 */
-void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::undo() {
+void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::undo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	foreach(ConductorTextItem *cti, texts_to_move_.keys()) {
 		QPointF movement = texts_to_move_[cti].first;
@@ -353,7 +360,8 @@ void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::undo() {
 	@brief MoveConductorsTextsCommand::redo
 	refait le deplacement
 */
-void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::redo() {
+void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::redo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	if (first_redo) {
 		first_redo = false;
@@ -397,7 +405,8 @@ void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::addTextMovement(ConductorTextItem *text_item,
 	@brief MoveConductorsTextsCommand::regenerateTextLabel
 	Genere la description de l'objet d'annulation
 */
-void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::regenerateTextLabel() {
+void MoveConductorsTextsCommand::regenerateTextLabel()
+{
 	QString moved_content_sentence = QET::ElementsAndConductorsSentence(0, 0, texts_to_move_.count());
 	
 	setText(
@@ -437,14 +446,16 @@ ChangeDiagramTextCommand::ChangeDiagramTextCommand(
 	@brief ChangeDiagramTextCommand::~ChangeDiagramTextCommand
 	destructeur
 */
-ChangeDiagramTextCommand::~ChangeDiagramTextCommand() {
+ChangeDiagramTextCommand::~ChangeDiagramTextCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief ChangeDiagramTextCommand::undo
 	annule la modification de texte
 */
-void ChangeDiagramTextCommand::undo() {
+void ChangeDiagramTextCommand::undo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	text_item -> setHtml(text_before);
 }
@@ -488,14 +499,16 @@ ChangeConductorCommand::ChangeConductorCommand(
 	@brief ChangeConductorCommand::~ChangeConductorCommand
 	Destructeur
 */
-ChangeConductorCommand::~ChangeConductorCommand() {
+ChangeConductorCommand::~ChangeConductorCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief ChangeConductorCommand::undo
 	Annule la modification du conducteur
 */
-void ChangeConductorCommand::undo() {
+void ChangeConductorCommand::undo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	conductor -> setProfile(old_profile, path_type);
 	conductor -> textItem() -> setPos(text_pos_before_mov_);
@@ -505,7 +518,8 @@ void ChangeConductorCommand::undo() {
 	@brief ChangeConductorCommand::redo
 	Refait la modification du conducteur
 */
-void ChangeConductorCommand::redo() {
+void ChangeConductorCommand::redo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	if (first_redo) {
 		first_redo = false;
@@ -551,13 +565,15 @@ ResetConductorCommand::ResetConductorCommand(
 /**
 	@brief ResetConductorCommand::~ResetConductorCommand
 */
-ResetConductorCommand::~ResetConductorCommand() {
+ResetConductorCommand::~ResetConductorCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief ResetConductorCommand::undo
 */
-void ResetConductorCommand::undo() {
+void ResetConductorCommand::undo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	foreach(Conductor *c, conductors_profiles.keys()) {
 		c -> setProfiles(conductors_profiles[c]);
@@ -567,7 +583,8 @@ void ResetConductorCommand::undo() {
 /**
 	@brief ResetConductorCommand::redo
 */
-void ResetConductorCommand::redo() {
+void ResetConductorCommand::redo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	foreach(Conductor *c, conductors_profiles.keys()) {
 		c -> textItem() -> forceMovedByUser  (false);
@@ -601,14 +618,16 @@ ChangeBorderCommand::ChangeBorderCommand(Diagram *dia,
 	@brief ChangeBorderCommand::~ChangeBorderCommand
 	Destructeur
 */
-ChangeBorderCommand::~ChangeBorderCommand() {
+ChangeBorderCommand::~ChangeBorderCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief ChangeBorderCommand::undo
 	Annule les changements apportes au schema
 */
-void ChangeBorderCommand::undo() {
+void ChangeBorderCommand::undo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	diagram -> border_and_titleblock.importBorder(old_properties);
 }
@@ -617,7 +636,8 @@ void ChangeBorderCommand::undo() {
 	@brief ChangeBorderCommand::redo
 	Refait les changements apportes au schema
 */
-void ChangeBorderCommand::redo() {
+void ChangeBorderCommand::redo()
+{
 	diagram -> showMe();
 	diagram -> border_and_titleblock.importBorder(new_properties);
 }

sources/diagramcontent.cpp

@@ -32,7 +32,8 @@
 /**
 	@brief DiagramContent::DiagramContent
 */
-DiagramContent::DiagramContent() {}
+DiagramContent::DiagramContent()
+{}
 
 /**
 	@brief DiagramContent::DiagramContent

sources/diagramcontext.cpp

@@ -67,14 +67,16 @@ QList<QString> DiagramContext::keys(DiagramContext::KeyOrder order) const
 	@param key string key
 	@return true if that key is known to the diagram context, false otherwise
 */
-bool DiagramContext::contains(const QString &key) const {
+bool DiagramContext::contains(const QString &key) const
+{
 	return(m_content.contains(key));
 }
 
 /**
 	@param key
 */
-const QVariant DiagramContext::operator[](const QString &key) const {
+const QVariant DiagramContext::operator[](const QString &key) const
+{
 	return(m_content[key]);
 }
 
@@ -97,14 +99,16 @@ bool DiagramContext::addValue(const QString &key, const QVariant &value, bool sh
 	return(false);
 }
 
-QVariant DiagramContext::value(const QString &key) const {
+QVariant DiagramContext::value(const QString &key) const
+{
 	return m_content.value(key);
 }
 
 /**
 	Clear the content of this diagram context.
 */
-void DiagramContext::clear() {
+void DiagramContext::clear()
+{
 	m_content.clear();
 	m_content_show.clear();
 }
@@ -112,7 +116,8 @@ void DiagramContext::clear() {
 /**
 	@return the number of key/value pairs stored in this object.
 */
-int DiagramContext::count() {
+int DiagramContext::count()
+{
 	return(m_content.count());
 }
 
@@ -120,18 +125,21 @@ int DiagramContext::count() {
 	@brief DiagramContext::keyMustShow
 	@return the value pairs with key, if key no found, return false
 */
-bool DiagramContext::keyMustShow(const QString &key) const {
+bool DiagramContext::keyMustShow(const QString &key) const
+{
 	if (m_content_show.contains(key))
 		return m_content_show[key];
 	return false;
 }
 
-bool DiagramContext::operator==(const DiagramContext &dc) const {
+bool DiagramContext::operator==(const DiagramContext &dc) const
+{
 	return(m_content     == dc.m_content &&
 		   m_content_show == dc.m_content_show);
 }
 
-bool DiagramContext::operator!=(const DiagramContext &dc) const {
+bool DiagramContext::operator!=(const DiagramContext &dc) const
+{
 	return(!(*this == dc));
 }
 
@@ -139,7 +147,8 @@ bool DiagramContext::operator!=(const DiagramContext &dc) const {
 	Export this context properties under the \a e XML element, using tags
 	named \a tag_name (defaults to "property").
 */
-void DiagramContext::toXml(QDomElement &e, const QString &tag_name) const {
+void DiagramContext::toXml(QDomElement &e, const QString &tag_name) const
+{
 	foreach (QString key, keys()) {
 		QDomElement property = e.ownerDocument().createElement(tag_name);
 		property.setAttribute("name", key);
@@ -182,7 +191,8 @@ void DiagramContext::fromXml(const pugi::xml_node &dom_element, const QString &t
 	Export this context properties to \a settings by creating an array named \a
 	array_name.
 */
-void DiagramContext::toSettings(QSettings &settings, const QString &array_name) const {
+void DiagramContext::toSettings(QSettings &settings, const QString &array_name) const
+{
 	settings.beginWriteArray(array_name);
 	int i = 0;
 	foreach (QString key, m_content.keys()) {
@@ -213,7 +223,8 @@ void DiagramContext::fromSettings(QSettings &settings, const QString &array_name
 	@return the regular expression used to check whether a given key is acceptable.
 	@see keyIsAcceptable()
 */
-QString DiagramContext::validKeyRegExp() {
+QString DiagramContext::validKeyRegExp()
+{
 	return("^[a-z0-9-_]+$");
 }
 
@@ -228,7 +239,8 @@ bool DiagramContext::stringLongerThan(const QString &a, const QString &b) {
 	@param key a key string
 	@return true if that key is acceptable, false otherwise
 */
-bool DiagramContext::keyIsAcceptable(const QString &key) const {
+bool DiagramContext::keyIsAcceptable(const QString &key) const
+{
 	QRegExp re(DiagramContext::validKeyRegExp());
 	return(re.exactMatch(key));
 }

sources/diagramevent/diagrameventinterface.cpp

@@ -29,7 +29,8 @@ DiagramEventInterface::DiagramEventInterface(Diagram *diagram) :
 	m_diagram -> clearSelection();
 }
 
-DiagramEventInterface::~DiagramEventInterface() {};
+DiagramEventInterface::~DiagramEventInterface()
+{};
 
 void DiagramEventInterface::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *event) {
 	Q_UNUSED (event);
@@ -71,7 +72,8 @@ void DiagramEventInterface::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event){
 	Q_UNUSED (event);
 }
 
-bool DiagramEventInterface::isRunning() const {
+bool DiagramEventInterface::isRunning() const
+{
 	return m_running;
 }
 

sources/diagramposition.cpp

@@ -36,13 +36,15 @@ DiagramPosition::DiagramPosition(const QString &letter, unsigned int number) {
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-DiagramPosition::~DiagramPosition() {
+DiagramPosition::~DiagramPosition()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@return les coordonnees stockees dans cet objet, ou un QPointF nul sinon.
 */
-QPointF DiagramPosition::position() const {
+QPointF DiagramPosition::position() const
+{
 	return(position_);
 }
 
@@ -56,7 +58,8 @@ void DiagramPosition::setPosition(const QPointF &position) {
 /**
 	@return une representation textuelle de la position
 */
-QString DiagramPosition::toString() {
+QString DiagramPosition::toString()
+{
 	if (isOutOfBounds()) {
 		return("-");
 	}
@@ -72,6 +75,7 @@ QString DiagramPosition::toString() {
 /**
 	@return true si l'element est en dehors des bords du schema
 */
-bool DiagramPosition::isOutOfBounds() const {
+bool DiagramPosition::isOutOfBounds() const
+{
 	return(letter_.isEmpty() || !number_);
 }

sources/diagramprintdialog.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ DiagramPrintDialog::DiagramPrintDialog(QETProject *project, QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-DiagramPrintDialog::~DiagramPrintDialog() {
+DiagramPrintDialog::~DiagramPrintDialog()
+{
 	delete dialog_;
 	delete printer_;
 	Diagram::background_color = backup_diagram_background_color;
@@ -64,7 +65,8 @@ void DiagramPrintDialog::setFileName(const QString &name) {
 /**
 	@return le nom du PDF
 */
-QString DiagramPrintDialog::fileName() const {
+QString DiagramPrintDialog::fileName() const
+{
 	return(file_name_);
 }
 
@@ -78,7 +80,8 @@ void DiagramPrintDialog::setDocName(const QString &name) {
 /**
 	@return le nom du document
 */
-QString DiagramPrintDialog::docName() const {
+QString DiagramPrintDialog::docName() const
+{
 	return(doc_name_);
 }
 
@@ -89,7 +92,8 @@ QString DiagramPrintDialog::docName() const {
 	@return the rectangle to be printed
 */
 QRect DiagramPrintDialog::diagramRect(Diagram *diagram,
-				      const ExportProperties &options) const {
+				      const ExportProperties &options) const
+{
 	if (!diagram) return(QRect());
 	
 	QRectF diagram_rect = diagram -> border_and_titleblock.borderAndTitleBlockRect();
@@ -107,7 +111,8 @@ QRect DiagramPrintDialog::diagramRect(Diagram *diagram,
 /**
 	Execute le dialogue d'impression
 */
-void DiagramPrintDialog::exec() {
+void DiagramPrintDialog::exec()
+{
 	
 	// prise en compte du nom du document
 	if (!doc_name_.isEmpty()) printer_ -> setDocName(doc_name_);
@@ -172,7 +177,8 @@ void DiagramPrintDialog::exec() {
 	@return Le nombre de pages necessaires pour imprimer le schema
 	avec l'orientation et le format papier utilise dans l'imprimante en cours.
 */
-int DiagramPrintDialog::pagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &options, bool fullpage) const {
+int DiagramPrintDialog::pagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &options, bool fullpage) const
+{
 	return(horizontalPagesCount(diagram, options, fullpage) * verticalPagesCount(diagram, options, fullpage));
 }
 
@@ -183,7 +189,8 @@ int DiagramPrintDialog::pagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &opt
 	@return La largeur du "poster" en nombre de pages pour imprimer le schema
 	avec l'orientation et le format papier utilise dans l'imprimante en cours.
 */
-int DiagramPrintDialog::horizontalPagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &options, bool fullpage) const {
+int DiagramPrintDialog::horizontalPagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &options, bool fullpage) const
+{
 	// note : pageRect et Paper Rect tiennent compte de l'orientation du papier
 	QRect printable_area = fullpage ? printer_ -> paperRect() : printer_ -> pageRect();
 	QRect diagram_rect = diagramRect(diagram, options);
@@ -199,7 +206,8 @@ int DiagramPrintDialog::horizontalPagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportPrope
 	@return La largeur du "poster" en nombre de pages pour imprimer le schema
 	avec l'orientation et le format papier utilise dans l'imprimante en cours.
 */
-int DiagramPrintDialog::verticalPagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &options, bool fullpage) const {
+int DiagramPrintDialog::verticalPagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportProperties &options, bool fullpage) const
+{
 	// note : pageRect et Paper Rect tiennent compte de l'orientation du papier
 	QRect printable_area = fullpage ? printer_ -> paperRect() : printer_ -> pageRect();
 	QRect diagram_rect = diagramRect(diagram, options);
@@ -212,7 +220,8 @@ int DiagramPrintDialog::verticalPagesCount(Diagram *diagram, const ExportPropert
 	Construit un dialogue non standard pour demander a l'utilisateur quelle type
 	d'impression il souhaite effectuer : PDF, PS ou imprimante physique
 */
-void DiagramPrintDialog::buildPrintTypeDialog() {
+void DiagramPrintDialog::buildPrintTypeDialog()
+{
 	// initialisation des widgets
 	dialog_           = new QDialog(parentWidget());
 #ifdef Q_OS_MACOS
@@ -273,7 +282,8 @@ void DiagramPrintDialog::buildPrintTypeDialog() {
 /**
 	Assure la coherence du dialogue permettant le choix du type d'impression
 */
-void DiagramPrintDialog::updatePrintTypeDialog() {
+void DiagramPrintDialog::updatePrintTypeDialog()
+{
 	// imprime-t-on vers un fichier ?
 	bool file_print = !(printer_choice_ -> isChecked());
 	
@@ -301,7 +311,8 @@ void DiagramPrintDialog::updatePrintTypeDialog() {
 	Verifie l'etat du dialogue permettant le choix du type d'impression lorsque
 	l'utilisateur le valide.
 */
-void DiagramPrintDialog::acceptPrintTypeDialog() {
+void DiagramPrintDialog::acceptPrintTypeDialog()
+{
 	bool file_print = !(printer_choice_ -> isChecked());
 	if (file_print) {
 		// un fichier doit avoir ete entre
@@ -322,7 +333,8 @@ void DiagramPrintDialog::acceptPrintTypeDialog() {
 /**
 	Permet a l'utilisateur de choisir un fichier 
 */
-void DiagramPrintDialog::browseFilePrintTypeDialog() {
+void DiagramPrintDialog::browseFilePrintTypeDialog()
+{
 	QString extension;
 	QString filter;
 	if (printer_choice_ -> isChecked()) return;

sources/diagramschooser.cpp

@@ -47,20 +47,23 @@ DiagramsChooser::DiagramsChooser(QETProject *project, QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-DiagramsChooser::~DiagramsChooser() {
+DiagramsChooser::~DiagramsChooser()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@return le projet dont ce widget affiche les schemas
 */
-QETProject *DiagramsChooser::project() const {
+QETProject *DiagramsChooser::project() const
+{
 	return(project_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return la liste des schemas selectionnes
 */
-QList<Diagram *> DiagramsChooser::selectedDiagrams() const {
+QList<Diagram *> DiagramsChooser::selectedDiagrams() const
+{
 	QList<Diagram *> selected_diagrams;
 	foreach(Diagram *diagram, project_ -> diagrams()) {
 		QCheckBox *check_box = diagrams_[diagram];
@@ -74,7 +77,8 @@ QList<Diagram *> DiagramsChooser::selectedDiagrams() const {
 /**
 	@return la liste des schemas qui ne sont pas selectionnes
 */
-QList<Diagram *> DiagramsChooser::nonSelectedDiagrams() const {
+QList<Diagram *> DiagramsChooser::nonSelectedDiagrams() const
+{
 	QList<Diagram *> selected_diagrams;
 	foreach(Diagram *diagram, diagrams_.keys()) {
 		if (!(diagrams_[diagram] -> isChecked())) {
@@ -87,7 +91,8 @@ QList<Diagram *> DiagramsChooser::nonSelectedDiagrams() const {
 /**
 	@param diagram Un schema cense etre present dans ce widget
 */
-bool DiagramsChooser::diagramIsSelected(Diagram *const diagram) const {
+bool DiagramsChooser::diagramIsSelected(Diagram *const diagram) const
+{
 	QCheckBox *checkbox = diagrams_.value(diagram);
 	if (!checkbox) return(false);
 	return(checkbox -> isChecked());
@@ -146,7 +151,8 @@ void DiagramsChooser::setSelectedAllDiagrams(bool select) {
 /**
 	Met a jour la liste des schemas du projet
 */
-void DiagramsChooser::updateList() {
+void DiagramsChooser::updateList()
+{
 	if (!project_) return;
 	
 	// retient la liste des schemas deja selectionnes
@@ -176,7 +182,8 @@ void DiagramsChooser::updateList() {
 /**
 	Met en place la disposition du widget
 */
-void DiagramsChooser::buildLayout() {
+void DiagramsChooser::buildLayout()
+{
 	if (vlayout0_) return;
 	vlayout0_ = new QVBoxLayout();
 	widget0_  = new QWidget();

sources/diagramview.cpp

@@ -113,27 +113,31 @@ DiagramView::DiagramView(Diagram *diagram, QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-DiagramView::~DiagramView() {
+DiagramView::~DiagramView()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	Selectionne tous les objets du schema
 */
-void DiagramView::selectAll() {
+void DiagramView::selectAll()
+{
 	m_diagram -> selectAll();
 }
 
 /**
 	Deslectionne tous les objets selectionnes
 */
-void DiagramView::selectNothing() {
+void DiagramView::selectNothing()
+{
 	m_diagram -> deselectAll();
 }
 
 /**
 	Inverse l'etat de selection de tous les objets du schema
 */
-void DiagramView::selectInvert() {
+void DiagramView::selectInvert()
+{
 	m_diagram -> invertSelection();
 }
 
@@ -267,7 +271,8 @@ void DiagramView::handleTextDrop(QDropEvent *e) {
 /**
 	Set the Diagram in visualisation mode
 */
-void DiagramView::setVisualisationMode() {
+void DiagramView::setVisualisationMode()
+{
 	setDragMode(ScrollHandDrag);
 	applyReadOnly();
 	setInteractive(false);
@@ -277,7 +282,8 @@ void DiagramView::setVisualisationMode() {
 /**
 	Set the Diagram in Selection mode
 */
-void DiagramView::setSelectionMode() {
+void DiagramView::setSelectionMode()
+{
 	setDragMode(RubberBandDrag);
 	setInteractive(true);
 	applyReadOnly();
@@ -315,7 +321,8 @@ void DiagramView::zoom(const qreal zoom_factor)
 	schema soient visibles a l'ecran. S'il n'y a aucun element sur le schema,
 	le zoom est reinitialise
 */
-void DiagramView::zoomFit() {
+void DiagramView::zoomFit()
+{
 	adjustSceneRect();
 	fitInView(m_diagram->sceneRect(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio);
 	adjustGridToZoom();
@@ -324,7 +331,8 @@ void DiagramView::zoomFit() {
 /**
 	Adjust zoom to fit all elements in the view, regardless of diagram borders.
 */
-void DiagramView::zoomContent() {
+void DiagramView::zoomContent()
+{
 	fitInView(m_diagram -> itemsBoundingRect(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio);
 	adjustGridToZoom();
 }
@@ -332,7 +340,8 @@ void DiagramView::zoomContent() {
 /**
 	Reinitialise le zoom
 */
-void DiagramView::zoomReset() {
+void DiagramView::zoomReset()
+{
 	resetTransform();
 	adjustGridToZoom();
 }
@@ -340,7 +349,8 @@ void DiagramView::zoomReset() {
 /**
 	Copie les elements selectionnes du schema dans le presse-papier puis les supprime
 */
-void DiagramView::cut() {
+void DiagramView::cut()
+{
 	copy();
 	DiagramContent cut_content(m_diagram);
 	m_diagram -> clearSelection();
@@ -350,7 +360,8 @@ void DiagramView::cut() {
 /**
 	Copie les elements selectionnes du schema dans le presse-papier
 */
-void DiagramView::copy() {
+void DiagramView::copy()
+{
 	QClipboard *presse_papier = QApplication::clipboard();
 	QString contenu_presse_papier = m_diagram -> toXml(false).toString(4);
 	if (presse_papier -> supportsSelection()) presse_papier -> setText(contenu_presse_papier, QClipboard::Selection);
@@ -387,7 +398,8 @@ void DiagramView::paste(const QPointF &pos, QClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode) {
 /**
 	Colle le contenu du presse-papier sur le schema a la position de la souris
 */
-void DiagramView::pasteHere() {
+void DiagramView::pasteHere()
+{
 	paste(mapToScene(m_paste_here_pos));
 }
 
@@ -811,7 +823,8 @@ void DiagramView::scrollOnMovement(QKeyEvent *e)
 	la mention "Schema sans titre" est utilisee
 	@see Diagram::title()
 */
-QString DiagramView::title() const {
+QString DiagramView::title() const
+{
 	QString view_title;
 	QString diagram_title(m_diagram -> title());
 	if (diagram_title.isEmpty()) {
@@ -826,7 +839,8 @@ QString DiagramView::title() const {
 	@brief DiagramView::editDiagramProperties
 	Edit the properties of the viewed digram
 */
-void DiagramView::editDiagramProperties() {
+void DiagramView::editDiagramProperties()
+{
 	DiagramPropertiesDialog::diagramPropertiesDialog(m_diagram, diagramEditor());
 }
 
@@ -854,14 +868,16 @@ void DiagramView::adjustSceneRect()
 /**
 	Met a jour le titre du widget
 */
-void DiagramView::updateWindowTitle() {
+void DiagramView::updateWindowTitle()
+{
 	emit(titleChanged(this, title()));
 }
 
 /**
 	Enables or disables the drawing grid according to the amount of pixels display
 */
-void DiagramView::adjustGridToZoom() {
+void DiagramView::adjustGridToZoom()
+{
 	QRectF viewed_scene = viewedSceneRect();
 	if (diagramEditor()->drawGrid())
 		m_diagram->setDisplayGrid(viewed_scene.width() < 2000 || viewed_scene.height() < 2000);
@@ -872,7 +888,8 @@ void DiagramView::adjustGridToZoom() {
 /**
 	@return le rectangle du schema (classe Diagram) visualise par ce DiagramView
 */
-QRectF DiagramView::viewedSceneRect() const {
+QRectF DiagramView::viewedSceneRect() const
+{
 	// recupere la taille du widget viewport
 	QSize viewport_size = viewport() -> size();
 
@@ -893,7 +910,8 @@ QRectF DiagramView::viewedSceneRect() const {
 	parent project before being applied to the current diagram, or false if it
 	can be directly applied
 */
-bool DiagramView::mustIntegrateTitleBlockTemplate(const TitleBlockTemplateLocation &tbt_loc) const {
+bool DiagramView::mustIntegrateTitleBlockTemplate(const TitleBlockTemplateLocation &tbt_loc) const
+{
 	// unlike elements, the integration of title block templates is mandatory, so we simply check whether the parent project of the template is also the parent project of the diagram
 	QETProject *tbt_parent_project = tbt_loc.parentProject();
 	if (!tbt_parent_project) return(true);
@@ -905,7 +923,8 @@ bool DiagramView::mustIntegrateTitleBlockTemplate(const TitleBlockTemplateLocati
 	Fait en sorte que le schema ne soit editable que s'il n'est pas en lecture
 	seule
 */
-void DiagramView::applyReadOnly() {
+void DiagramView::applyReadOnly()
+{
 	if (!m_diagram) return;
 
 	bool is_writable = !m_diagram -> isReadOnly();
@@ -970,7 +989,8 @@ void DiagramView::editConductorColor(Conductor *edited_conductor)
 /**
 	Reinitialise le profil des conducteurs selectionnes
 */
-void DiagramView::resetConductors() {
+void DiagramView::resetConductors()
+{
 	if (m_diagram -> isReadOnly()) return;
 	// recupere les conducteurs selectionnes
 	QSet<Conductor *> selected_conductors = m_diagram -> selectedConductors();
@@ -1103,7 +1123,8 @@ bool DiagramView::isCtrlShifting(QInputEvent *e) {
 /**
 	@return true if there is a selected item and that item has the focus.
 */
-bool DiagramView::selectedItemHasFocus() {
+bool DiagramView::selectedItemHasFocus()
+{
 	return(
 		m_diagram -> hasFocus() &&
 		m_diagram -> focusItem() &&
@@ -1115,7 +1136,8 @@ bool DiagramView::selectedItemHasFocus() {
 	@brief DiagramView::editSelection
 	Edit the selected item if he can be edited and if only  one item is selected
 */
-void DiagramView::editSelection() {
+void DiagramView::editSelection()
+{
 	if (m_diagram -> isReadOnly() || m_diagram -> selectedItems().size() != 1 ) return;
 
 	QGraphicsItem *item = m_diagram->selectedItems().first();
@@ -1225,7 +1247,8 @@ void DiagramView::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *e)
 /**
 	@return l'editeur de schemas parent ou 0
 */
-QETDiagramEditor *DiagramView::diagramEditor() const {
+QETDiagramEditor *DiagramView::diagramEditor() const
+{
 	// remonte la hierarchie des widgets
 	QWidget *w = const_cast<DiagramView *>(this);
 	while (w -> parentWidget() && !w -> isWindow()) {

sources/dvevent/dveventinterface.cpp

@@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ DVEventInterface::DVEventInterface(DiagramView *dv) :
 {
 }
 
-DVEventInterface::~DVEventInterface() {
+DVEventInterface::~DVEventInterface()
+{
 }
 
 bool DVEventInterface::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) {
@@ -80,10 +81,12 @@ bool DVEventInterface::KeyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event) {
 	return false;
 }
 
-bool DVEventInterface::isRunning() const {
+bool DVEventInterface::isRunning() const
+{
 	return m_running;
 }
 
-bool DVEventInterface::isFinish() const {
+bool DVEventInterface::isFinish() const
+{
 	return !m_running;
 }

sources/editor/arceditor.cpp

@@ -75,7 +75,8 @@ ArcEditor::ArcEditor(QETElementEditor *editor, PartArc *arc, QWidget *parent) :
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ArcEditor::~ArcEditor() {}
+ArcEditor::~ArcEditor()
+{}
 
 void ArcEditor::setUpChangeConnections()
 {
@@ -140,11 +141,13 @@ bool ArcEditor::setParts(QList <CustomElementPart *> parts)
 	@brief ArcEditor::currentPart
 	@return the curent edited part, or 0 if there is no edited part
 */
-CustomElementPart *ArcEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *ArcEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return(part);
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> ArcEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> ArcEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	return style_->currentParts();
 }
 

sources/editor/editorcommands.cpp

@@ -56,13 +56,15 @@ ElementEditionCommand::ElementEditionCommand(const QString &text,
 /**
 	Destructor
 */
-ElementEditionCommand::~ElementEditionCommand() {
+ElementEditionCommand::~ElementEditionCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the element editor/scene the command should take place on
 */
-ElementScene *ElementEditionCommand::elementScene() const {
+ElementScene *ElementEditionCommand::elementScene() const
+{
 	return(m_scene);
 }
 
@@ -76,7 +78,8 @@ void ElementEditionCommand::setElementScene(ElementScene *scene) {
 /**
 	@return the view the effect of the command should be rendered on
 */
-ElementView *ElementEditionCommand::elementView() const {
+ElementView *ElementEditionCommand::elementView() const
+{
 	return(m_view);
 }
 
@@ -108,14 +111,16 @@ DeletePartsCommand::DeletePartsCommand(
 }
 
 /// Destructeur : detruit egalement les parties supprimees
-DeletePartsCommand::~DeletePartsCommand() {
+DeletePartsCommand::~DeletePartsCommand()
+{
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, deleted_parts) {
 		m_scene -> qgiManager().release(qgi);
 	}
 }
 
 /// Restaure les parties supprimees
-void DeletePartsCommand::undo() {
+void DeletePartsCommand::undo()
+{
 	m_scene -> blockSignals(true);
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, deleted_parts) {
 		m_scene -> addItem(qgi);
@@ -124,7 +129,8 @@ void DeletePartsCommand::undo() {
 }
 
 /// Supprime les parties
-void DeletePartsCommand::redo() {
+void DeletePartsCommand::redo()
+{
 	m_scene -> blockSignals(true);
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, deleted_parts) {
 		m_scene -> removeItem(qgi);
@@ -150,7 +156,8 @@ CutPartsCommand::CutPartsCommand(
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-CutPartsCommand::~CutPartsCommand() {
+CutPartsCommand::~CutPartsCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /*** MovePartsCommand ***/
@@ -175,16 +182,19 @@ MovePartsCommand::MovePartsCommand(
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-MovePartsCommand::~MovePartsCommand() {
+MovePartsCommand::~MovePartsCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /// Annule le deplacement
-void MovePartsCommand::undo() {
+void MovePartsCommand::undo()
+{
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, moved_parts) qgi -> moveBy(-movement.x(), -movement.y());
 }
 
 /// Refait le deplacement
-void MovePartsCommand::redo() {
+void MovePartsCommand::redo()
+{
 	// le premier appel a redo, lors de la construction de l'objet, ne doit pas se faire
 	if (first_redo) {
 		first_redo = false;
@@ -215,17 +225,20 @@ AddPartCommand::AddPartCommand(
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-AddPartCommand::~AddPartCommand() {
+AddPartCommand::~AddPartCommand()
+{
 	m_scene -> qgiManager().release(part);
 }
 
 /// Annule l'ajout
-void AddPartCommand::undo() {
+void AddPartCommand::undo()
+{
 	m_scene -> removeItem(part);
 }
 
 /// Refait l'ajout
-void AddPartCommand::redo() {
+void AddPartCommand::redo()
+{
 	// le premier appel a redo, lors de la construction de l'objet, ne doit pas se faire
 	if (first_redo) {
 		if (!part -> zValue()) {
@@ -262,16 +275,19 @@ ChangeNamesCommand::ChangeNamesCommand(
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ChangeNamesCommand::~ChangeNamesCommand() {
+ChangeNamesCommand::~ChangeNamesCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /// Annule le changement
-void ChangeNamesCommand::undo() {
+void ChangeNamesCommand::undo()
+{
 	m_scene -> setNames(names_before);
 }
 
 /// Refait le changement
-void ChangeNamesCommand::redo() {
+void ChangeNamesCommand::redo()
+{
 	m_scene -> setNames(names_after);
 }
 
@@ -312,16 +328,19 @@ ChangeZValueCommand::ChangeZValueCommand(
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ChangeZValueCommand::~ChangeZValueCommand() {
+ChangeZValueCommand::~ChangeZValueCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /// Annule les changements de zValue
-void ChangeZValueCommand::undo() {
+void ChangeZValueCommand::undo()
+{
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, undo_hash.keys()) qgi -> setZValue(undo_hash[qgi]);
 }
 
 /// Refait les changements de zValue
-void ChangeZValueCommand::redo() {
+void ChangeZValueCommand::redo()
+{
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, redo_hash.keys()) qgi -> setZValue(redo_hash[qgi]);
 }
 
@@ -423,16 +442,19 @@ ChangeInformationsCommand::ChangeInformationsCommand(ElementScene *elmt, const Q
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ChangeInformationsCommand::~ChangeInformationsCommand() {
+ChangeInformationsCommand::~ChangeInformationsCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /// Annule le changement d'autorisation pour les connexions internes
-void ChangeInformationsCommand::undo() {
+void ChangeInformationsCommand::undo()
+{
 	m_scene -> setInformations(old_informations_);
 }
 
 /// Refait le changement d'autorisation pour les connexions internes
-void ChangeInformationsCommand::redo() {
+void ChangeInformationsCommand::redo()
+{
 	m_scene -> setInformations(new_informations_);
 }
 
@@ -449,20 +471,23 @@ ScalePartsCommand::ScalePartsCommand(ElementScene *scene, QUndoCommand * parent)
 /**
 	Destructor
 */
-ScalePartsCommand::~ScalePartsCommand() {
+ScalePartsCommand::~ScalePartsCommand()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	Undo the scaling operation
 */
-void ScalePartsCommand::undo() {
+void ScalePartsCommand::undo()
+{
 	scale(new_rect_, original_rect_);
 }
 
 /**
 	Redo the scaling operation
 */
-void ScalePartsCommand::redo() {
+void ScalePartsCommand::redo()
+{
 	if (first_redo) {
 		first_redo = false;
 		return;
@@ -473,7 +498,8 @@ void ScalePartsCommand::redo() {
 /**
 	@return the element editor/scene the command should take place on
 */
-ElementScene *ScalePartsCommand::elementScene() const {
+ElementScene *ScalePartsCommand::elementScene() const
+{
 	return(m_scene);
 }
 
@@ -488,7 +514,8 @@ void ScalePartsCommand::setScaledPrimitives(const QList<CustomElementPart *> &pr
 /**
 	@return the list of primitives to be scaled by this command
 */
-QList<CustomElementPart *> ScalePartsCommand::scaledPrimitives() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart *> ScalePartsCommand::scaledPrimitives() const
+{
 	return(scaled_primitives_);
 }
 
@@ -511,7 +538,8 @@ void ScalePartsCommand::setTransformation(const QRectF &original_rect,
 	are the bounding rectangles for all scaled primitives respectively before
 	and after the operation.
 */
-QPair<QRectF, QRectF> ScalePartsCommand::transformation() {
+QPair<QRectF, QRectF> ScalePartsCommand::transformation()
+{
 	return(QPair<QRectF, QRectF>(original_rect_, new_rect_));
 }
 
@@ -532,7 +560,8 @@ void ScalePartsCommand::scale(const QRectF &before, const QRectF &after) {
 /**
 	Generate the text describing what this command does exactly.
 */
-void ScalePartsCommand::adjustText() {
+void ScalePartsCommand::adjustText()
+{
 	if (scaled_primitives_.count() == 1) {
 		setText(QObject::tr("redimensionnement %1", "undo caption -- %1 is the resized primitive type name").arg(scaled_primitives_.first() -> name()));
 	} else {
@@ -562,7 +591,8 @@ ChangePropertiesCommand::ChangePropertiesCommand(
 	setText(QObject::tr("Modifier les propriétés"));
 }
 
-ChangePropertiesCommand::~ChangePropertiesCommand() {}
+ChangePropertiesCommand::~ChangePropertiesCommand()
+{}
 
 void ChangePropertiesCommand::undo()
 {

sources/editor/elementitemeditor.cpp

@@ -31,22 +31,26 @@ ElementItemEditor::ElementItemEditor(QETElementEditor *editor, QWidget *parent)
 }
 
 /// @return le QETElementEditor auquel cet editeur appartient
-QETElementEditor *ElementItemEditor::elementEditor() const {
+QETElementEditor *ElementItemEditor::elementEditor() const
+{
 	return(element_editor);
 }
 
 /// @return l'ElementScene contenant les parties editees par cet editeur
-ElementScene *ElementItemEditor::elementScene() const {
+ElementScene *ElementItemEditor::elementScene() const
+{
 	return(element_editor -> elementScene());
 }
 
 /// @return la QUndoStack a utiliser pour les annulations
-QUndoStack &ElementItemEditor::undoStack() const {
+QUndoStack &ElementItemEditor::undoStack() const
+{
 	return(elementScene() -> undoStack());
 }
 
 /// @return Le nom du type d'element edite
-QString ElementItemEditor::elementTypeName() const {
+QString ElementItemEditor::elementTypeName() const
+{
 	return(element_type_name);
 }
 
@@ -60,6 +64,7 @@ void ElementItemEditor::setElementTypeName(const QString &name) {
 	Equivaut a setPart(0)
 	@see setPart
 */
-void ElementItemEditor::detach() {
+void ElementItemEditor::detach()
+{
 	setPart(nullptr);
 }

sources/editor/elementprimitivedecorator.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ ElementPrimitiveDecorator::~ElementPrimitiveDecorator()
 	@return the internal bouding rect, i.e. the smallest rectangle containing
 	the bounding rectangle of every selected item.
 */
-QRectF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::internalBoundingRect() const {
+QRectF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::internalBoundingRect() const
+{
 	if (!decorated_items_.count() || !scene()) return(QRectF());
 
 	//if @decorated_items_ contain one item and if this item is a vertical or horizontal partline, apply a specific methode
@@ -139,14 +140,16 @@ void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::setItems(const QList<QGraphicsItem *> &items)
 /**
 	@return the list of items this decorator is supposed to manipulate
 */
-QList<CustomElementPart *> ElementPrimitiveDecorator::items() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart *> ElementPrimitiveDecorator::items() const
+{
 	return(decorated_items_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the list of items this decorator is supposed to manipulate
 */
-QList<QGraphicsItem *> ElementPrimitiveDecorator::graphicsItems() const {
+QList<QGraphicsItem *> ElementPrimitiveDecorator::graphicsItems() const
+{
 	QList<QGraphicsItem *> list;
 	foreach (CustomElementPart *part_item, decorated_items_) {
 		if (QGraphicsItem *item = dynamic_cast<QGraphicsItem *>(part_item)) {
@@ -337,7 +340,8 @@ void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::init()
 /**
 	Save the original bounding rectangle.
 */
-void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::saveOriginalBoundingRect() {
+void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::saveOriginalBoundingRect()
+{
 	original_bounding_rect_ = internalBoundingRect();
 }
 
@@ -345,7 +349,8 @@ void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::saveOriginalBoundingRect() {
 	Adjust the effective bounding rect. This method should be called after the
 	modified_bouding_rect_ attribute was modified.
 */
-void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::adjustEffectiveBoundingRect() {
+void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::adjustEffectiveBoundingRect()
+{
 	prepareGeometryChange();
 	effective_bounding_rect_ = modified_bounding_rect_ | effective_bounding_rect_;
 	update();
@@ -355,7 +360,8 @@ void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::adjustEffectiveBoundingRect() {
 /**
 	Start a movement (i.e. either a move or scaling operation)
 */
-void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::startMovement() {
+void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::startMovement()
+{
 	adjust();
 	
 	foreach(CustomElementPart *item, decorated_items_) {
@@ -409,7 +415,8 @@ void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::applyMovementToRect(int movement_type, const QPo
 	}
 }
 
-CustomElementPart *ElementPrimitiveDecorator::singleItem() const {
+CustomElementPart *ElementPrimitiveDecorator::singleItem() const
+{
 	if (decorated_items_.count() == 1) {
 		return(decorated_items_.first());
 	}
@@ -450,7 +457,8 @@ void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::scaleItems(const QRectF &original_rect, const QR
 /**
 	@return the bounding rectangle of \a item, in scene coordinates
 */
-QRectF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::getSceneBoundingRect(QGraphicsItem *item) const {
+QRectF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::getSceneBoundingRect(QGraphicsItem *item) const
+{
 	if (!item) return(QRectF());
 	return(item -> mapRectToScene(item -> boundingRect()));
 }
@@ -655,7 +663,8 @@ QPointF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::deltaForRoundScaling(const QRectF &original,
 	Round the coordinates of \a point so it is snapped to the grid defined by the
 	grid_step_x_ and grid_step_y_ attributes.
 */
-QPointF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::snapConstPointToGrid(const QPointF &point) const {
+QPointF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::snapConstPointToGrid(const QPointF &point) const
+{
 	return(
 		QPointF(
 			qRound(point.x() / grid_step_x_) * grid_step_x_,
@@ -668,7 +677,8 @@ QPointF ElementPrimitiveDecorator::snapConstPointToGrid(const QPointF &point) co
 	Round the coordinates of \a point so it is snapped to the grid defined by the
 	grid_step_x_ and grid_step_y_ attributes.
 */
-void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::snapPointToGrid(QPointF &point) const {
+void ElementPrimitiveDecorator::snapPointToGrid(QPointF &point) const
+{
 	point.rx() = qRound(point.x() / grid_step_x_) * grid_step_x_;
 	point.ry() = qRound(point.y() / grid_step_y_) * grid_step_y_;
 }

sources/editor/elementscene.cpp

@@ -347,7 +347,8 @@ void ElementScene::setBehavior(ElementScene::Behavior b) {
 	m_behavior = b;
 }
 
-ElementScene::Behavior ElementScene::behavior() const {
+ElementScene::Behavior ElementScene::behavior() const
+{
 	return m_behavior;
 }
 
@@ -356,7 +357,8 @@ ElementScene::Behavior ElementScene::behavior() const {
 	@return the horizontal size of the grid
 	\~French la taille horizontale de la grille
 */
-int ElementScene::xGrid() const {
+int ElementScene::xGrid() const
+{
 	return(m_x_grid);
 }
 
@@ -365,7 +367,8 @@ int ElementScene::xGrid() const {
 	@return vertical grid size
 	\~French la taille verticale de la grille
 */
-int ElementScene::yGrid() const {
+int ElementScene::yGrid() const
+{
 	return(m_y_grid);
 }
 
@@ -580,7 +583,8 @@ QRectF ElementScene::elementSceneGeometricRect() const{
 	\~French true si l'element comporte au moins une borne,
 	false s'il n'en a aucune.
 */
-bool ElementScene::containsTerminals() const {
+bool ElementScene::containsTerminals() const
+{
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi,items()) {
 		if (qgraphicsitem_cast<PartTerminal *>(qgi)) {
 			return(true);
@@ -594,7 +598,8 @@ bool ElementScene::containsTerminals() const {
 	@return the undo stack of this element editor
 	\~French la pile d'annulations de cet editeur d'element
 */
-QUndoStack &ElementScene::undoStack() {
+QUndoStack &ElementScene::undoStack()
+{
 	return(m_undo_stack);
 }
 
@@ -603,7 +608,8 @@ QUndoStack &ElementScene::undoStack() {
 	@return the QGraphicsItem manager of this item editor
 	\~French le gestionnaire de QGraphicsItem de cet editeur d'element
 */
-QGIManager &ElementScene::qgiManager() {
+QGIManager &ElementScene::qgiManager()
+{
 	return(m_qgi_manager);
 }
 
@@ -612,7 +618,8 @@ QGIManager &ElementScene::qgiManager() {
 	@return true if the clipboard appears to contain an element
 	\~French true si le presse-papier semble contenir un element
 */
-bool ElementScene::clipboardMayContainElement() {
+bool ElementScene::clipboardMayContainElement()
+{
 	QString clipboard_text = QApplication::clipboard() -> text().trimmed();
 	bool may_be_element = clipboard_text.startsWith("<definition")
 			&& clipboard_text.endsWith("</definition>");
@@ -639,7 +646,8 @@ bool ElementScene::wasCopiedFromThisElement(const QString &clipboard_content) {
 	\~French Gere le fait de couper la selection
 	= l'exporter en XML dans le presse-papier puis la supprimer.
 */
-void ElementScene::cut() {
+void ElementScene::cut()
+{
 	copy();
 	QList<QGraphicsItem *> cut_content = selectedItems();
 	clearSelection();
@@ -653,7 +661,8 @@ void ElementScene::cut() {
 	\~French Gere le fait de copier la selection
 	= l'exporter en XML dans lepresse-papier.
 */
-void ElementScene::copy() {
+void ElementScene::copy()
+{
 	// accede au presse-papier
 	QClipboard *clipboard = QApplication::clipboard();
 	
@@ -674,7 +683,8 @@ void ElementScene::copy() {
 	@brief ElementScene::editor
 	@return
 */
-QETElementEditor* ElementScene::editor() const {
+QETElementEditor* ElementScene::editor() const
+{
 	return m_element_editor;
 }
 
@@ -727,7 +737,8 @@ void ElementScene::slot_select(const ElementContent &content)
 	@brief ElementScene::slot_selectAll
 	Select all items
 */
-void ElementScene::slot_selectAll() {
+void ElementScene::slot_selectAll()
+{
 	slot_select(items());
 }
 
@@ -735,7 +746,8 @@ void ElementScene::slot_selectAll() {
 	@brief ElementScene::slot_deselectAll
 	deselect all item
 */
-void ElementScene::slot_deselectAll() {
+void ElementScene::slot_deselectAll()
+{
 	slot_select(ElementContent());
 }
 
@@ -744,7 +756,8 @@ void ElementScene::slot_deselectAll() {
 	Inverse Selection
 	\~French Inverse la selection
 */
-void ElementScene::slot_invertSelection() {
+void ElementScene::slot_invertSelection()
+{
 	blockSignals(true);
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi,
 			items()) qgi -> setSelected(!qgi -> isSelected());
@@ -757,7 +770,8 @@ void ElementScene::slot_invertSelection() {
 	Delete selected items
 	\~French Supprime les elements selectionnes
 */
-void ElementScene::slot_delete() {
+void ElementScene::slot_delete()
+{
 	// check that there is something selected
 	// verifie qu'il y a qqc de selectionne
 	QList<QGraphicsItem *> selected_items = selectedItems();
@@ -781,7 +795,8 @@ void ElementScene::slot_delete() {
 	de cet element. Concretement, ce champ libre est destine a accueillir
 	des informations sur l'auteur de l'element, sa licence, etc.
 */
-void ElementScene::slot_editAuthorInformations() {
+void ElementScene::slot_editAuthorInformations()
+{
 	bool is_read_only = m_element_editor && m_element_editor -> isReadOnly();
 	
 	// create a dialogue
@@ -886,7 +901,8 @@ void ElementScene::slot_editNames()
 	@brief ElementScene::primitives
 	@return the list of primitives currently present on the scene.
 */
-QList<CustomElementPart *> ElementScene::primitives() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart *> ElementScene::primitives() const
+{
 	QList<CustomElementPart *> primitives_list;
 	foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, items()) {
 		if (CustomElementPart *primitive = dynamic_cast<CustomElementPart *>(item)) {
@@ -902,7 +918,8 @@ QList<CustomElementPart *> ElementScene::primitives() const {
 	@return the parts of the element ordered by increasing zValue
 	\~French les parties de l'element ordonnes par zValue croissante
 */
-QList<QGraphicsItem *> ElementScene::zItems(ItemOptions options) const {
+QList<QGraphicsItem *> ElementScene::zItems(ItemOptions options) const
+{
 	// handle dummy request, i.e. when neither Selected nor NonSelected are set
 	if (!(options & ElementScene::Selected)
 			&&
@@ -968,7 +985,8 @@ QList<QGraphicsItem *> ElementScene::zItems(ItemOptions options) const {
 	@return the selected graphic parts
 	\~French les parties graphiques selectionnees
 */
-ElementContent ElementScene::selectedContent() const {
+ElementContent ElementScene::selectedContent() const
+{
 	ElementContent content;
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, zItems()) {
 		if (qgi -> isSelected()) content << qgi;
@@ -1031,7 +1049,8 @@ void ElementScene::reset()
 	exprime dans les coordonnes de la scene
 */
 QRectF ElementScene::elementContentBoundingRect(
-		const ElementContent &content) const {
+		const ElementContent &content) const
+{
 	QRectF bounding_rect;
 	foreach(QGraphicsItem *qgi, content) {
 		// skip non-primitives QGraphicsItems (paste area, selection decorator)
@@ -1234,7 +1253,8 @@ void ElementScene::addPrimitive(QGraphicsItem *primitive) {
 	Initializes the paste area
 	\~French Initialise la zone de collage
 */
-void ElementScene::initPasteArea() {
+void ElementScene::initPasteArea()
+{
 	m_paste_area = new QGraphicsRectItem();
 	m_paste_area -> setZValue(1000000);
 	
@@ -1282,7 +1302,8 @@ bool ElementScene::zValueLessThan(QGraphicsItem *item1, QGraphicsItem *item2) {
 	try to center better is possible the element to the scene
 	(the calcul isn't optimal but work good)
 */
-void ElementScene::centerElementToOrigine() {
+void ElementScene::centerElementToOrigine()
+{
 	QRectF size= elementSceneGeometricRect();
 	int center_x = qRound(size.center().x());
 	int center_y = qRound(size.center().y());

sources/editor/elementscene.h

@@ -192,7 +192,8 @@ inline void ElementScene::setNames(const NamesList &nameslist) {
 	@brief ElementScene::names
 	@return the list of names of the currently edited element
 */
-inline NamesList ElementScene::names() const {
+inline NamesList ElementScene::names() const
+{
 	return(m_names_list);
 }
 
@@ -200,7 +201,8 @@ inline NamesList ElementScene::names() const {
 	@brief ElementScene::informations
 	@return extra informations of the currently edited element
 */
-inline QString ElementScene::informations() const {
+inline QString ElementScene::informations() const
+{
 	return(m_informations);
 }
 

sources/editor/elementview.cpp

@@ -41,18 +41,21 @@ ElementView::ElementView(ElementScene *scene, QWidget *parent) :
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-ElementView::~ElementView() {
+ElementView::~ElementView()
+{
 }
 
 /// @return l'ElementScene visualisee par cette ElementView
-ElementScene *ElementView::scene() const {
+ElementScene *ElementView::scene() const
+{
 	return(m_scene);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return le rectangle de l'element visualise par cet ElementView
 */
-QRectF ElementView::viewedSceneRect() const {
+QRectF ElementView::viewedSceneRect() const
+{
 	// recupere la taille du widget viewport
 	QSize viewport_size = viewport() -> size();
 	
@@ -79,7 +82,8 @@ void ElementView::setScene(ElementScene *s) {
 /**
 	Set the Diagram in visualisation mode
 */
-void ElementView::setVisualisationMode() {
+void ElementView::setVisualisationMode()
+{
 	setDragMode(ScrollHandDrag);
 	setInteractive(false);
 	emit(modeChanged());
@@ -88,7 +92,8 @@ void ElementView::setVisualisationMode() {
 /**
 	Set the Diagram in Selection mode
 */
-void ElementView::setSelectionMode() {
+void ElementView::setSelectionMode()
+{
 	setDragMode(RubberBandDrag);
 	setInteractive(true);
 	emit(modeChanged());
@@ -97,7 +102,8 @@ void ElementView::setSelectionMode() {
 /**
 	Agrandit le schema (+33% = inverse des -25 % de zoomMoins())
 */
-void ElementView::zoomIn() {
+void ElementView::zoomIn()
+{
 	adjustSceneRect();
 	scale(4.0/3.0, 4.0/3.0);
 }
@@ -105,7 +111,8 @@ void ElementView::zoomIn() {
 /**
 	Retrecit le schema (-25% = inverse des +33 % de zoomPlus())
 */
-void ElementView::zoomOut() {
+void ElementView::zoomOut()
+{
 	adjustSceneRect();
 	scale(0.75, 0.75);
 }
@@ -113,14 +120,16 @@ void ElementView::zoomOut() {
 /**
 	Agrandit le schema avec le trackpad
 */
-void ElementView::zoomInSlowly() {
+void ElementView::zoomInSlowly()
+{
 	scale(1.02, 1.02);
 }
 
 /**
 	Retrecit le schema avec le trackpad
 */
-void ElementView::zoomOutSlowly() {
+void ElementView::zoomOutSlowly()
+{
 	scale(0.98, 0.98);
 }
 
@@ -129,7 +138,8 @@ void ElementView::zoomOutSlowly() {
 	schema soient visibles a l'ecran. S'il n'y a aucun element sur le schema,
 	le zoom est reinitialise
 */
-void ElementView::zoomFit() {
+void ElementView::zoomFit()
+{
 	resetSceneRect();
 	fitInView(sceneRect(), Qt::KeepAspectRatio);
 }
@@ -137,7 +147,8 @@ void ElementView::zoomFit() {
 /**
 	Reinitialise le zoom
 */
-void ElementView::zoomReset() {
+void ElementView::zoomReset()
+{
 	resetSceneRect();
 	resetTransform();
 	scale(4.0, 4.0);
@@ -148,7 +159,8 @@ void ElementView::zoomReset() {
 	Adjust the scenRect, so that he include all primitives of element
 	plus the viewport of the scene with a margin of 1/3 of herself
 */
-void ElementView::adjustSceneRect() {
+void ElementView::adjustSceneRect()
+{
 	QRectF esgr = m_scene -> elementSceneGeometricRect();
 	QRectF vpbr = mapToScene(this -> viewport()->rect()).boundingRect();
 	QRectF new_scene_rect = vpbr.adjusted(-vpbr.width()/3, -vpbr.height()/3, vpbr.width()/3, vpbr.height()/3);
@@ -160,7 +172,8 @@ void ElementView::adjustSceneRect() {
 	reset le sceneRect (zone du schéma visualisée par l'ElementView) afin que
 	celui-ci inclut uniquement les primitives de l'élément dessiné.
 */
-void ElementView::resetSceneRect() {
+void ElementView::resetSceneRect()
+{
 	setSceneRect(m_scene -> elementSceneGeometricRect());
 }
 
@@ -168,7 +181,8 @@ void ElementView::resetSceneRect() {
 	Gere le fait de couper la selection = l'exporter en XML dans le
 	presse-papier puis la supprimer.
 */
-void ElementView::cut() {
+void ElementView::cut()
+{
 	// delegue cette action a la scene
 	m_scene -> cut();
 	offset_paste_count_ = -1;
@@ -178,7 +192,8 @@ void ElementView::cut() {
 	Gere le fait de copier la selection = l'exporter en XML dans le
 	presse-papier.
 */
-void ElementView::copy() {
+void ElementView::copy()
+{
 	// delegue cette action a la scene
 	m_scene -> copy();
 	offset_paste_count_ = 0;
@@ -194,7 +209,8 @@ void ElementView::copy() {
 	collage devra s'effectuer.
 	@see pasteAreaDefined(const QRectF &)
 */
-void ElementView::paste() {
+void ElementView::paste()
+{
 	QString clipboard_text = QApplication::clipboard() -> text();
 	if (clipboard_text.isEmpty()) return;
 	
@@ -218,7 +234,8 @@ void ElementView::paste() {
 	Colle le contenu du presse-papier en demandant systematiquement a
 	l'utilisateur de choisir une zone de collage
 */
-void ElementView::pasteInArea() {
+void ElementView::pasteInArea()
+{
 	QString clipboard_text = QApplication::clipboard() -> text();
 	if (clipboard_text.isEmpty()) return;
 	

sources/editor/ellipseeditor.cpp

@@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ EllipseEditor::EllipseEditor(QETElementEditor *editor, PartEllipse *ellipse, QWi
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-EllipseEditor::~EllipseEditor() {
+EllipseEditor::~EllipseEditor()
+{
 }
 
 void EllipseEditor::setUpChangeConnections()
@@ -126,11 +127,13 @@ bool EllipseEditor::setParts(QList <CustomElementPart *> parts)
 /**
 	@return la primitive actuellement editee, ou 0 si ce widget n'en edite pas
 */
-CustomElementPart *EllipseEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *EllipseEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return(part);
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> EllipseEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> EllipseEditor::currentParts() const
+{
     return style_->currentParts();
 }
 

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddarc.cpp

@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ ESEventAddArc::ESEventAddArc(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddArc::~ESEventAddArc
 */
-ESEventAddArc::~ESEventAddArc() {
+ESEventAddArc::~ESEventAddArc()
+{
 	if (m_running || m_abort)
 		delete m_arc;
 }

sources/editor/esevent/eseventadddynamictextfield.cpp

@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ ESEventAddDynamicTextField::ESEventAddDynamicTextField(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddDynamicTextField::~ESEventAddDynamicTextField
 */
-ESEventAddDynamicTextField::~ESEventAddDynamicTextField() {
+ESEventAddDynamicTextField::~ESEventAddDynamicTextField()
+{
 	delete m_text;
 }
 

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddellipse.cpp

@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ ESEventAddEllipse::ESEventAddEllipse(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddEllipse::~ESEventAddEllipse
 */
-ESEventAddEllipse::~ESEventAddEllipse() {
+ESEventAddEllipse::~ESEventAddEllipse()
+{
 	if (m_running || m_abort){
 		delete m_ellipse;
 	}

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddline.cpp

@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ ESEventAddLine::ESEventAddLine(ElementScene *scene) :
 	@brief ESEventAddLine::~ESEventAddLine
 	destructor
 */
-ESEventAddLine::~ESEventAddLine() {
+ESEventAddLine::~ESEventAddLine()
+{
 	if (m_running || m_abort)
 		delete m_line;
 }

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddpolygon.cpp

@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ ESEventAddPolygon::ESEventAddPolygon(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddPolygon::~ESEventAddPolygon
 */
-ESEventAddPolygon::~ESEventAddPolygon() {
+ESEventAddPolygon::~ESEventAddPolygon()
+{
 	if (m_running || m_abort)
 		delete m_polygon;
 }

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddrect.cpp

@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ ESEventAddRect::ESEventAddRect(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddRect::~ESEventAddRect
 */
-ESEventAddRect::~ESEventAddRect() {
+ESEventAddRect::~ESEventAddRect()
+{
 	if (m_running || m_abort)
 		delete m_rect;
 }

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddterminal.cpp

@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ ESEventAddTerminal::ESEventAddTerminal(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddTerminal::~ESEventAddTerminal
 */
-ESEventAddTerminal::~ESEventAddTerminal() {
+ESEventAddTerminal::~ESEventAddTerminal()
+{
 	delete m_terminal;
 }
 

sources/editor/esevent/eseventaddtext.cpp

@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ ESEventAddText::ESEventAddText(ElementScene *scene) :
 /**
 	@brief ESEventAddText::~ESEventAddText
 */
-ESEventAddText::~ESEventAddText() {
+ESEventAddText::~ESEventAddText()
+{
 		delete m_text;
 }
 

sources/editor/esevent/eseventinterface.cpp

@@ -99,11 +99,13 @@ bool ESEventInterface::KeyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event) {
 	return false;
 }
 
-bool ESEventInterface::isRunning() const {
+bool ESEventInterface::isRunning() const
+{
 	return m_running;
 }
 
-bool ESEventInterface::isFinish() const {
+bool ESEventInterface::isFinish() const
+{
 	return !m_running;
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/abstractpartellipse.cpp

@@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ QRectF AbstractPartEllipse::boundingRect() const
 	and it is different from shape because it is a regular
 	rectangle, not a complex shape.
 */
-QRectF AbstractPartEllipse::sceneGeometricRect() const {
+QRectF AbstractPartEllipse::sceneGeometricRect() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(rect()).boundingRect());
 }
 
@@ -95,7 +96,8 @@ QRectF AbstractPartEllipse::sceneGeometricRect() const {
 	@brief AbstractPartEllipse::sceneTopLeft
 	@return return the top left of rectangle, in scene coordinate
 */
-QPointF AbstractPartEllipse::sceneTopLeft() const {
+QPointF AbstractPartEllipse::sceneTopLeft() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(rect().topLeft()));
 }
 
@@ -103,7 +105,8 @@ QPointF AbstractPartEllipse::sceneTopLeft() const {
 	@brief AbstractPartEllipse::rect
 	Returns the item's ellipse geometry as a QRectF.
 */
-QRectF AbstractPartEllipse::rect() const {
+QRectF AbstractPartEllipse::rect() const
+{
 	return m_rect;
 }
 
@@ -131,7 +134,8 @@ void AbstractPartEllipse::setRect(const QRectF &rect)
 	and does not deserve to be Retained / registered.
 	An ellipse is relevant when is rect is not null.
 */
-bool AbstractPartEllipse::isUseless() const {
+bool AbstractPartEllipse::isUseless() const
+{
 	return(rect().isNull());
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/customelementpart.cpp

@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@
 #include "qetelementeditor.h"
 
 /// @return le QETElementEditor auquel cet editeur appartient
-QETElementEditor *CustomElementPart::elementEditor() const {
+QETElementEditor *CustomElementPart::elementEditor() const
+{
 	return(element_editor);
 }
 
@@ -27,24 +28,28 @@ QETElementEditor *CustomElementPart::elementEditor() const {
 	Appelle le slot updateCurrentPartEditor de l'editeur
 	@see QETElementEditor::updateCurrentPartEditor()
 */
-void CustomElementPart::updateCurrentPartEditor() const {
+void CustomElementPart::updateCurrentPartEditor() const
+{
 	if (element_editor) {
 		element_editor -> updateCurrentPartEditor();
 	}
 }
 
 /// @return l'ElementScene contenant les parties editees par cet editeur
-ElementScene *CustomElementPart::elementScene() const {
+ElementScene *CustomElementPart::elementScene() const
+{
 	return(element_editor -> elementScene());
 }
 
 /// @return la QUndoStack a utiliser pour les annulations
-QUndoStack &CustomElementPart::undoStack() const {
+QUndoStack &CustomElementPart::undoStack() const
+{
 	return(elementScene() -> undoStack());
 }
 
 /// @return this primitive as a QGraphicsItem
-QGraphicsItem *CustomElementPart::toItem() {
+QGraphicsItem *CustomElementPart::toItem()
+{
 	return(dynamic_cast<QGraphicsItem *>(this));
 }
 
@@ -55,7 +60,8 @@ QGraphicsItem *CustomElementPart::toItem() {
 	The default implementation systematically returns
 	QET::SnapScalingPointToGrid
 */
-QET::ScalingMethod CustomElementPart::preferredScalingMethod() const {
+QET::ScalingMethod CustomElementPart::preferredScalingMethod() const
+{
 	return(QET::SnapScalingPointToGrid);
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/partarc.cpp

@@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ void PartArc::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *options,
 	@param xml_document : Xml document to use for create the xml element.
 	@return : an xml element that describe this arc
 */
-const QDomElement PartArc::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const {
+const QDomElement PartArc::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const
+{
 	QDomElement xml_element = xml_document.createElement("arc");
 	QPointF top_left(sceneTopLeft());
 	xml_element.setAttribute("x", QString("%1").arg(top_left.x()));

sources/editor/graphicspart/partdynamictextfield.cpp

@@ -49,11 +49,13 @@ PartDynamicTextField::PartDynamicTextField(QETElementEditor *editor, QGraphicsIt
 	document() -> setDefaultTextOption(option);
 }
 
-QString PartDynamicTextField::name() const {
+QString PartDynamicTextField::name() const
+{
 	return tr("Champ de texte dynamique", "element part name");
 }
 
-QString PartDynamicTextField::xmlName() const {
+QString PartDynamicTextField::xmlName() const
+{
 	return QString("dynamic_text");
 }
 
@@ -90,7 +92,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::handleUserTransformation(
 	@param dom_doc
 	@return
 */
-const QDomElement PartDynamicTextField::toXml(QDomDocument &dom_doc) const {
+const QDomElement PartDynamicTextField::toXml(QDomDocument &dom_doc) const
+{
 	QDomElement root_element = dom_doc.createElement(xmlName());
 
 	root_element.setAttribute("x", QString::number(pos().x()));
@@ -260,7 +263,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::fromTextFieldXml(const QDomElement &dom_element)
 	@brief PartDynamicTextField::textFrom
 	@return what the final text is created from.
 */
-DynamicElementTextItem::TextFrom PartDynamicTextField::textFrom() const {
+DynamicElementTextItem::TextFrom PartDynamicTextField::textFrom() const
+{
 	return m_text_from;
 }
 
@@ -291,7 +295,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::setTextFrom(DynamicElementTextItem::TextFrom text_fro
 	@brief PartDynamicTextField::text
 	@return the text of this text
 */
-QString PartDynamicTextField::text() const {
+QString PartDynamicTextField::text() const
+{
 	return m_text;
 }
 
@@ -337,7 +342,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::setCompositeText(const QString &text) {
 	@brief PartDynamicTextField::compositeText
 	@return the composite text of this text
 */
-QString PartDynamicTextField::compositeText() const {
+QString PartDynamicTextField::compositeText() const
+{
 	return m_composite_text;
 }
 
@@ -354,7 +360,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::setColor(const QColor& color) {
 	@brief PartDynamicTextField::color
 	@return The color of this text
 */
-QColor PartDynamicTextField::color() const {
+QColor PartDynamicTextField::color() const
+{
 	return defaultTextColor();
 }
 
@@ -364,7 +371,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::setFrame(bool frame) {
 	emit frameChanged(m_frame);
 }
 
-bool PartDynamicTextField::frame() const {
+bool PartDynamicTextField::frame() const
+{
 	return m_frame;
 }
 
@@ -403,7 +411,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::setAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment) {
 	emit alignmentChanged(m_alignment);
 }
 
-Qt::Alignment PartDynamicTextField::alignment() const {
+Qt::Alignment PartDynamicTextField::alignment() const
+{
 	return m_alignment;
 }
 
@@ -532,7 +541,8 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsIt
 	Used to up to date this text field,
 	when the element information (see elementScene) changed
 */
-void PartDynamicTextField::elementInfoChanged() {
+void PartDynamicTextField::elementInfoChanged()
+{
 	if(!elementScene())
 		return;
 
@@ -543,11 +553,13 @@ void PartDynamicTextField::elementInfoChanged() {
 			m_composite_text, elementScene() -> elementInformation()));
 }
 
-void PartDynamicTextField::prepareAlignment() {
+void PartDynamicTextField::prepareAlignment()
+{
 	m_alignment_rect = boundingRect();
 }
 
-void PartDynamicTextField::finishAlignment() {
+void PartDynamicTextField::finishAlignment()
+{
 	if(m_block_alignment)
 		return;
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/partline.cpp

@@ -346,7 +346,8 @@ void PartLine::removeHandler()
 	@brief PartLine::sceneP1
 	@return the point p1 in scene coordinate
 */
-QPointF PartLine::sceneP1() const {
+QPointF PartLine::sceneP1() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(m_line.p1()));
 }
 
@@ -354,7 +355,8 @@ QPointF PartLine::sceneP1() const {
 	@brief PartLine::sceneP2
 	@return the point p2 in scen coordinate
 */
-QPointF PartLine::sceneP2() const {
+QPointF PartLine::sceneP2() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(m_line.p2()));
 }
 
@@ -473,7 +475,8 @@ QRectF PartLine::firstEndCircleRect() const
 	@brief PartLine::secondEndCircleRect
 	@return the rectangle bordering the entirety of the second extremity
 */
-QRectF PartLine::secondEndCircleRect() const {
+QRectF PartLine::secondEndCircleRect() const
+{
 	QList<QPointF> interesting_points = fourEndPoints(m_line.p2(),
 													  m_line.p1(),
 													  second_length);
@@ -543,7 +546,8 @@ QRectF PartLine::boundingRect() const
 	@return true if this part is irrelevant and does not deserve to be Retained / registered.
 	A line is relevant when is two point is different
 */
-bool PartLine::isUseless() const {
+bool PartLine::isUseless() const
+{
 	return(m_line.p1() == m_line.p2());
 }
 
@@ -554,7 +558,8 @@ bool PartLine::isUseless() const {
 	to imply any margin, and it is different from shape because it is a regular
 	rectangle, not a complex shape.
 */
-QRectF PartLine::sceneGeometricRect() const {
+QRectF PartLine::sceneGeometricRect() const
+{
 	return(QRectF(sceneP1(), sceneP2()));
 }
 
@@ -617,7 +622,8 @@ QList<QPointF> PartLine::fourEndPoints(const QPointF &end_point, const QPointF &
 	return(QList<QPointF>() << o << a << b << c);
 }
 
-QLineF PartLine::line() const {
+QLineF PartLine::line() const
+{
 	return m_line;
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/partpolygon.cpp

@@ -150,7 +150,8 @@ bool PartPolygon::isUseless() const
 	to imply any margin, and it is different from shape because it is a regular
 	rectangle, not a complex shape.
 */
-QRectF PartPolygon::sceneGeometricRect() const {
+QRectF PartPolygon::sceneGeometricRect() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(m_polygon.boundingRect()).boundingRect());
 }
 
@@ -185,7 +186,8 @@ void PartPolygon::handleUserTransformation(const QRectF &initial_selection_rect,
 	single primitive is being scaled.
 	@return : This reimplementation systematically returns QET::RoundScaleRatios.
 */
-QET::ScalingMethod PartPolygon::preferredScalingMethod() const {
+QET::ScalingMethod PartPolygon::preferredScalingMethod() const
+{
 	return(QET::RoundScaleRatios);
 }
 
@@ -193,7 +195,8 @@ QET::ScalingMethod PartPolygon::preferredScalingMethod() const {
 	@brief PartPolygon::polygon
 	@return the item's polygon, or an empty polygon if no polygon has been set.
 */
-QPolygonF PartPolygon::polygon() const {
+QPolygonF PartPolygon::polygon() const
+{
 	return m_polygon;
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/partrectangle.cpp

@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ PartRectangle::PartRectangle(QETElementEditor *editor, QGraphicsItem *parent) :
 /**
 	@brief PartRectangle::~PartRectangle
 */
-PartRectangle::~PartRectangle() {
+PartRectangle::~PartRectangle()
+{
 	removeHandler();
 }
 
@@ -126,7 +127,8 @@ void PartRectangle::fromXml(const QDomElement &qde)
 	@brief PartRectangle::rect
 	@return : Returns the item's rectangle.
 */
-QRectF PartRectangle::rect() const {
+QRectF PartRectangle::rect() const
+{
 	return m_rect;
 }
 
@@ -167,7 +169,8 @@ void PartRectangle::setYRadius(qreal Y)
 	to imply any margin, and it is different from shape because it is a regular
 	rectangle, not a complex shape.
 */
-QRectF PartRectangle::sceneGeometricRect() const {
+QRectF PartRectangle::sceneGeometricRect() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(rect()).boundingRect());
 }
 
@@ -175,7 +178,8 @@ QRectF PartRectangle::sceneGeometricRect() const {
 	@brief PartRectangle::sceneTopLeft
 	@return the top left of rectangle, in scene coordinate
 */
-QPointF PartRectangle::sceneTopLeft() const {
+QPointF PartRectangle::sceneTopLeft() const
+{
 	return(mapToScene(rect().topLeft()));
 }
 
@@ -228,7 +232,8 @@ QRectF PartRectangle::boundingRect() const
 	@return true if this part is irrelevant and does not deserve to be Retained / registered.
 	An rectangle is relevant when he's not null.
 */
-bool PartRectangle::isUseless() const {
+bool PartRectangle::isUseless() const
+{
 	return(rect().isNull());
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/partterminal.cpp

@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ PartTerminal::PartTerminal(QETElementEditor *editor, QGraphicsItem *parent) :
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-PartTerminal::~PartTerminal() {
+PartTerminal::~PartTerminal()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -54,7 +55,8 @@ void PartTerminal::fromXml(const QDomElement &xml_elmt) {
 	@param xml_document Document XML a utiliser pour creer l'element XML
 	@return un element XML decrivant la borne
 */
-const QDomElement PartTerminal::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const {
+const QDomElement PartTerminal::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const
+{
 	return d -> toXml(xml_document);
 }
 
@@ -97,7 +99,8 @@ void PartTerminal::paint(QPainter *p, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *options, Q
 	@brief PartTerminal::shape
 	@return the shape of this item
 */
-QPainterPath PartTerminal::shape() const {
+QPainterPath PartTerminal::shape() const
+{
 	QPainterPath shape;
 	shape.lineTo(d -> second_point);
 
@@ -111,7 +114,8 @@ QPainterPath PartTerminal::shape() const {
 	@brief PartTerminal::boundingRect
 	@return the bounding rect of this item
 */
-QRectF PartTerminal::boundingRect() const {
+QRectF PartTerminal::boundingRect() const
+{
 	QRectF br(QPointF(0, 0), d -> second_point);
 	br = br.normalized();
 
@@ -141,7 +145,8 @@ void PartTerminal::setName(QString& name) {
 	emit nameChanged();
 }
 
-void PartTerminal::setNewUuid() {
+void PartTerminal::setNewUuid()
+{
 	d -> m_uuid = QUuid::createUuid();
 }
 
@@ -149,7 +154,8 @@ void PartTerminal::setNewUuid() {
 	Met a jour la position du second point en fonction de la position et de
 	l'orientation de la borne.
 */
-void PartTerminal::updateSecondPoint() {
+void PartTerminal::updateSecondPoint()
+{
 	qreal ts = 4.0; // terminal size
 	switch(d -> m_orientation) {
 		case Qet::North: d -> second_point = QPointF(0.0,  ts); break;
@@ -165,7 +171,8 @@ void PartTerminal::updateSecondPoint() {
 	Une borne est toujours pertinente ; cette fonction renvoie donc
 	toujours false
 */
-bool PartTerminal::isUseless() const {
+bool PartTerminal::isUseless() const
+{
 	return(false);
 }
 
@@ -175,7 +182,8 @@ bool PartTerminal::isUseless() const {
 	to imply any margin, and it is different from shape because it is a regular
 	rectangle, not a complex shape.
 */
-QRectF PartTerminal::sceneGeometricRect() const {
+QRectF PartTerminal::sceneGeometricRect() const
+{
 	return(sceneBoundingRect());
 }
 

sources/editor/graphicspart/parttext.cpp

@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ PartText::PartText(QETElementEditor *editor, QGraphicsItem *parent) :
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-PartText::~PartText() {
+PartText::~PartText()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -95,7 +96,8 @@ void PartText::fromXml(const QDomElement &xml_element) {
 	@param xml_document Document XML a utiliser pour creer l'element XML
 	@return un element XML decrivant le texte statique
 */
-const QDomElement PartText::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const {
+const QDomElement PartText::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const
+{
 	QDomElement xml_element = xml_document.createElement(xmlName());
 
 	xml_element.setAttribute("x", QString::number(pos().x()));
@@ -111,7 +113,8 @@ const QDomElement PartText::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const {
 /**
 	@return Les coordonnees du point situe en bas a gauche du texte.
 */
-QPointF PartText::margin() const {
+QPointF PartText::margin() const
+{
 	QFont used_font = font();
 	QFontMetrics qfm(used_font);
 	qreal document_margin = document() -> documentMargin();
@@ -191,7 +194,8 @@ QVariant PartText::itemChange(GraphicsItemChange change, const QVariant &value)
 /**
 	@return le rectangle delimitant cette partie.
 */
-QRectF PartText::boundingRect() const {
+QRectF PartText::boundingRect() const
+{
 	QRectF r = QGraphicsTextItem::boundingRect();
 	r.adjust(0.0, -1.1, 0.0, 0.0);
 	return(r);
@@ -202,7 +206,8 @@ QRectF PartText::boundingRect() const {
 	conservee / enregistree.
 	Un texte statique n'est pas pertinent lorsque son texte est vide.
 */
-bool PartText::isUseless() const {
+bool PartText::isUseless() const
+{
 	return(toPlainText().isEmpty());
 }
 
@@ -212,7 +217,8 @@ bool PartText::isUseless() const {
 	to imply any margin, and it is different from shape because it is a regular
 	rectangle, not a complex shape.
 */
-QRectF PartText::sceneGeometricRect() const {
+QRectF PartText::sceneGeometricRect() const
+{
 	return(sceneBoundingRect());
 }
 
@@ -327,7 +333,8 @@ void PartText::setEditable(bool editable) {
 /**
 	Start text edition by storing the former value of the text.
 */
-void PartText::startEdition() {
+void PartText::startEdition()
+{
 	// !previous_text.isNull() means the text is being edited
 	previous_text = toPlainText();
 }
@@ -336,7 +343,8 @@ void PartText::startEdition() {
 	End text edition, potentially generating a ChangePartCommand if the text
 	has changed.
 */
-void PartText::endEdition() {
+void PartText::endEdition()
+{
 	if (!previous_text.isNull()) {
 			// the text was being edited
 		QString new_text = toPlainText();

sources/editor/lineeditor.cpp

@@ -89,7 +89,8 @@ LineEditor::LineEditor(QETElementEditor *editor, PartLine *line, QWidget *parent
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-LineEditor::~LineEditor() {
+LineEditor::~LineEditor()
+{
 }
 
 void LineEditor::setUpChangeConnections()
@@ -155,11 +156,13 @@ bool LineEditor::setParts(QList <CustomElementPart *> parts)
 /**
 	@return la primitive actuellement editee, ou 0 si ce widget n'en edite pas
 */
-CustomElementPart *LineEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *LineEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return(part);
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> LineEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> LineEditor::currentParts() const
+{
     return style_->currentParts();
 }
 
@@ -167,7 +170,8 @@ QList<CustomElementPart*> LineEditor::currentParts() const {
 	@brief LineEditor::editedP1
 	@return The edited P1 in item coordinate
 */
-QPointF LineEditor::editedP1() const {
+QPointF LineEditor::editedP1() const
+{
 	return part -> mapFromScene(x1->value(), y1->value());
 }
 
@@ -175,7 +179,8 @@ QPointF LineEditor::editedP1() const {
 	@brief LineEditor::editedP2
 	@return The edited P2 in item coordinate
 */
-QPointF LineEditor::editedP2() const {
+QPointF LineEditor::editedP2() const
+{
 	return part -> mapFromScene(x2->value(), y2->value());
 }
 

sources/editor/qetelementeditor.cpp

@@ -93,7 +93,8 @@ QETElementEditor::QETElementEditor(QWidget *parent) :
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-QETElementEditor::~QETElementEditor() {
+QETElementEditor::~QETElementEditor()
+{
 	/*
 		retire le widget d'edition de primitives affiche par le dock
 		cela evite qu'il ne soit supprime par son widget parent
@@ -135,7 +136,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::setFileName(const QString &fn) {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::setupActions
 	Create action used in Element editor
 */
-void QETElementEditor::setupActions() {
+void QETElementEditor::setupActions()
+{
 	new_element       = new QAction(QET::Icons::DocumentNew,          tr("&Nouveau"),                                      this);
 	open              = new QAction(QET::Icons::FolderOpen,           tr("&Ouvrir"),                                       this);
 	open_file         = new QAction(QET::Icons::FolderOpen,           tr("&Ouvrir depuis un fichier"),                     this);
@@ -361,7 +363,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::setupActions() {
 /**
 	@brief QETElementEditor::setupMenus
 */
-void QETElementEditor::setupMenus() {
+void QETElementEditor::setupMenus()
+{
 	file_menu    = new QMenu(tr("&Fichier"),   this);
 	edit_menu    = new QMenu(tr("&Édition"),   this);
 	display_menu = new QMenu(tr("Afficha&ge"), this);
@@ -461,7 +464,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::contextMenu(QPoint p, QList<QAction *> actions) {
 /**
 	Met a jour les menus
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_updateMenus() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_updateMenus()
+{
 	bool selected_items = !read_only && !m_elmt_scene -> selectedItems().isEmpty();
 	bool clipboard_elmt = !read_only && ElementScene::clipboardMayContainElement();
 
@@ -497,7 +501,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_updateMenus() {
 /**
 	Met a jour le titre de la fenetre
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_updateTitle() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_updateTitle()
+{
 	QString title = min_title;
 	title += " - " + m_elmt_scene -> names().name() + " ";
 	if (!filename_.isEmpty() || !location_.isNull()) {
@@ -514,7 +519,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_updateTitle() {
 /**
 	@brief QETElementEditor::setupInterface
 */
-void QETElementEditor::setupInterface() {
+void QETElementEditor::setupInterface()
+{
 		// editeur
 	m_elmt_scene = new ElementScene(this, this);
 	m_view = new ElementView(m_elmt_scene, this);
@@ -592,14 +598,16 @@ void QETElementEditor::setupInterface() {
 	Passe l'editeur d'element en mode selection : le pointeur deplace les
 	elements selectionnes et il est possible d'utiliser un rectangle de selection.
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_setRubberBandToView() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_setRubberBandToView()
+{
 	m_view -> setDragMode(QGraphicsView::RubberBandDrag);
 }
 
 /**
 	Passe l'editeur d'element en mode immobile (utilise pour la lecture seule)
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_setNoDragToView() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_setNoDragToView()
+{
 	m_view -> setDragMode(QGraphicsView::NoDrag);
 }
 
@@ -608,7 +616,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_setNoDragToView() {
 	Si plusieurs primitives sont selectionnees, seule leur quantite est
 	affichee. Sinon, un widget d'edition approprie est mis en place.
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_updateInformations() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_updateInformations()
+{
 	QList<QGraphicsItem *> selected_qgis = m_elmt_scene -> selectedItems();
 	if (selected_qgis.isEmpty()) {
 		clearToolsDock();
@@ -752,7 +761,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_updateInformations() {
 	Do several check about element.
 	If error is occurred return false
 */
-bool QETElementEditor::checkElement() {
+bool QETElementEditor::checkElement()
+{
 		//List of warning and error
 	typedef QPair<QString, QString> QETWarning;
 	QList<QETWarning> warnings;
@@ -998,7 +1008,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::setReadOnly(bool ro) {
 /**
 	@return true si l'editeur d'element est en mode lecture seule
 */
-bool QETElementEditor::isReadOnly() const {
+bool QETElementEditor::isReadOnly() const
+{
 	return(read_only);
 }
 
@@ -1006,7 +1017,8 @@ bool QETElementEditor::isReadOnly() const {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addLine
 	Set line creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addLine() {
+void QETElementEditor::addLine()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddLine(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1014,7 +1026,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addLine() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addRect
 	Set rectangle creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addRect() {
+void QETElementEditor::addRect()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddRect(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1022,7 +1035,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addRect() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addEllipse
 	Set ellipse creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addEllipse() {
+void QETElementEditor::addEllipse()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddEllipse(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1030,7 +1044,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addEllipse() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addPolygon
 	Set polygon creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addPolygon() {
+void QETElementEditor::addPolygon()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddPolygon(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1038,7 +1053,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addPolygon() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addArc
 	Set arc creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addArc() {
+void QETElementEditor::addArc()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddArc(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1046,7 +1062,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addArc() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addText
 	Set text creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addText() {
+void QETElementEditor::addText()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddText(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1054,7 +1071,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addText() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addTerminal
 	Set terminal creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addTerminal() {
+void QETElementEditor::addTerminal()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddTerminal(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1062,7 +1080,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addTerminal() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::addDynamicTextField
 	Set dynamic text field creation interface to scene
 */
-void QETElementEditor::addDynamicTextField() {
+void QETElementEditor::addDynamicTextField()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene -> setEventInterface(new ESEventAddDynamicTextField(m_elmt_scene));
 }
 
@@ -1070,7 +1089,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::addDynamicTextField() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::UncheckAddPrimitive
 	Uncheck all action related to primitive
 */
-void QETElementEditor::UncheckAddPrimitive() {
+void QETElementEditor::UncheckAddPrimitive()
+{
 	foreach(QAction *action, parts -> actions()) {
 		action -> setChecked(false);
 	}
@@ -1079,7 +1099,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::UncheckAddPrimitive() {
 /**
 	Lance l'assistant de creation d'un nouvel element.
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_new() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_new()
+{
 	NewElementWizard new_element_wizard(this);
 	new_element_wizard.exec();
 }
@@ -1087,7 +1108,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_new() {
 /**
 	Ouvre un element
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_open() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_open()
+{
 	// demande le chemin virtuel de l'element a ouvrir a l'utilisateur
 	ElementsLocation location = ElementDialog::getOpenElementLocation(this);
 	if (location.isNull()) {
@@ -1100,7 +1122,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_open() {
 	Ouvre un fichier
 	Demande un fichier a l'utilisateur et ouvre ce fichier
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_openFile() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_openFile()
+{
 	// repertoire a afficher initialement dans le dialogue
 	QString open_dir = filename_.isEmpty() ? QETApp::customElementsDir() : QDir(filename_).absolutePath();
 	
@@ -1129,7 +1152,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::openRecentFile(const QString &filepath) {
 /**
 	@brief QETElementEditor::slot_openDxf
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_openDxf (){
+void QETElementEditor::slot_openDxf ()
+{
 
 #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WIN64)
 QString program = (QDir::homePath() + "/Application Data/qet/DXFtoQET.exe");
@@ -1174,7 +1198,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::openElement(const QString &filepath) {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::slot_reload
 	Reload the element from the file or location
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_reload() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_reload()
+{
 		//If user already edit the element, ask confirmation to reload
 	if (!m_elmt_scene -> undoStack().isClean()) {
 		QMessageBox::StandardButton answer = QET::QetMessageBox::question(this,
@@ -1203,7 +1228,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_reload() {
 	If the filepath or location is unknown, use save_as instead
 	@return true if save with success
 */
-bool QETElementEditor::slot_save() {
+bool QETElementEditor::slot_save()
+{
 		// Check element befor writing
 	if (checkElement()) {
 			//If we don't know the name of the current file, use save as instead
@@ -1242,7 +1268,8 @@ bool QETElementEditor::slot_save() {
 	to this location
 	@return true if save with success
 */
-bool QETElementEditor::slot_saveAs() {
+bool QETElementEditor::slot_saveAs()
+{
 		// Check element befor writing
 	if (checkElement()) {
 			//Ask a location to user
@@ -1269,7 +1296,8 @@ bool QETElementEditor::slot_saveAs() {
 	Ask a file to user and save the current edited element to this file
 	@return true if save with success
 */
-bool QETElementEditor::slot_saveAsFile() {
+bool QETElementEditor::slot_saveAsFile()
+{
 		// Check element befor writing
 	if (checkElement()) {
 			//Ask a filename to user, for save the element
@@ -1312,7 +1340,8 @@ bool QETElementEditor::slot_saveAsFile() {
 	Si l'element comporte des modifications, la question est posee a
 	l'utilisateur.
 */
-bool QETElementEditor::canClose() {
+bool QETElementEditor::canClose()
+{
 	if (m_elmt_scene -> undoStack().isClean()) {
 		return(true);
 	}
@@ -1351,7 +1380,8 @@ bool QETElementEditor::canClose() {
 	parties.
 	@return le widget enleve, ou 0 s'il n'y avait pas de widget a enlever
 */
-QWidget *QETElementEditor::clearToolsDock() {
+QWidget *QETElementEditor::clearToolsDock()
+{
 	if (QWidget *previous_widget = m_tools_dock_stack -> widget(1)) {
 		m_tools_dock_stack -> removeWidget(previous_widget);
 		previous_widget -> setParent(nullptr);
@@ -1410,7 +1440,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::firstActivation(QEvent *event) {
 /**
 	Remplit la liste des parties
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_createPartsList() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_createPartsList()
+{
 	m_parts_list -> blockSignals(true);
 	m_parts_list -> clear();
 	QList<QGraphicsItem *> qgis = m_elmt_scene -> zItems();
@@ -1441,7 +1472,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_createPartsList() {
 /**
 	Met a jour la selection dans la liste des parties
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_updatePartsList() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_updatePartsList()
+{
 	int items_count = m_elmt_scene -> items().count();
 	if (m_parts_list -> count() != items_count) {
 		slot_createPartsList();
@@ -1464,7 +1496,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_updatePartsList() {
 	Met a jour la selection des parties de l'element a partir de la liste des
 	parties
 */
-void QETElementEditor::slot_updateSelectionFromPartsList() {
+void QETElementEditor::slot_updateSelectionFromPartsList()
+{
 	m_elmt_scene  -> blockSignals(true);
 	m_parts_list -> blockSignals(true);
 	for (int i = 0 ; i < m_parts_list -> count() ; ++ i) {
@@ -1484,7 +1517,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::slot_updateSelectionFromPartsList() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::readSettings
 	Read settings
 */
-void QETElementEditor::readSettings() {
+void QETElementEditor::readSettings()
+{
 	QSettings settings;
 
 	// dimensions et position de la fenetre
@@ -1507,7 +1541,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::readSettings() {
 	@brief QETElementEditor::writeSettings
 	Write the settings
 */
-void QETElementEditor::writeSettings() {
+void QETElementEditor::writeSettings()
+{
 	QSettings settings;
 	settings.setValue("elementeditor/geometry", saveGeometry());
 	settings.setValue("elementeditor/state", saveState());
@@ -1517,7 +1552,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::writeSettings() {
 	@return les decalages horizontaux et verticaux (sous la forme d'un point) a
 	utiliser lors d'un copier/coller avec decalage.
 */
-QPointF QETElementEditor::pasteOffset() {
+QPointF QETElementEditor::pasteOffset()
+{
 	QPointF paste_offset(5.0, 0.0);
 	return(paste_offset);
 }
@@ -1594,7 +1630,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::fromLocation(const ElementsLocation &location) {
 	Demande un fichier a l'utilisateur, l'ouvre en tant que fichier element,
 	met son contenu dans le presse-papiers, et appelle ElementView::PasteInArea
 */
-void QETElementEditor::pasteFromFile() {
+void QETElementEditor::pasteFromFile()
+{
 	// demande le chemin du fichier a ouvrir a l'utilisateur
 	QString element_file_path = getOpenElementFileName(this);
 	if (element_file_path.isEmpty()) {
@@ -1627,7 +1664,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::pasteFromFile() {
 	Ask an element to user, copy the xml definition of the element
 	to the clipboard and call ElementView::PasteInArea
 */
-void QETElementEditor::pasteFromElement() {
+void QETElementEditor::pasteFromElement()
+{
 		//Ask for a location
 	ElementsLocation location = ElementDialog::getOpenElementLocation(this);
 	if (location.isNull()) {
@@ -1659,7 +1697,8 @@ void QETElementEditor::pasteFromElement() {
 	Met a jour l'editeur de primitive actuellement visible.
 	Si aucun editeur de primitive n'est visible, ce slot ne fait rien.
 */
-void QETElementEditor::updateCurrentPartEditor() {
+void QETElementEditor::updateCurrentPartEditor()
+{
 	// si aucun widget d'edition n'est affiche, on ne fait rien
 	if (!m_tools_dock_stack -> currentIndex()) {
 		return;

sources/editor/qetelementeditor.h

@@ -166,21 +166,24 @@ inline void QETElementEditor::setNames(const NamesList &nameslist) {
 /**
 	@return the location of the currently edited element
 */
-inline ElementsLocation QETElementEditor::location() const {
+inline ElementsLocation QETElementEditor::location() const
+{
 	return(location_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the filename of the currently edited element
 */
-inline QString QETElementEditor::fileName() const {
+inline QString QETElementEditor::fileName() const
+{
 	return(filename_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the editing scene
 */
-inline ElementScene *QETElementEditor::elementScene() const {
+inline ElementScene *QETElementEditor::elementScene() const
+{
 	return(m_elmt_scene);
 }
 

sources/editor/styleeditor.cpp

@@ -403,31 +403,37 @@ StyleEditor::StyleEditor(QETElementEditor *editor, CustomElementGraphicPart *p,
 }
 
 /// Destructeur
-StyleEditor::~StyleEditor() {
+StyleEditor::~StyleEditor()
+{
 }
 
 /// Update antialiasing with undo command
-void StyleEditor::updatePartAntialiasing() {
+void StyleEditor::updatePartAntialiasing()
+{
 	makeUndo(tr("style antialiasing"), "antialias", antialiasing -> isChecked());
 }
 
 /// Update color with undo command
-void StyleEditor::updatePartColor() {
+void StyleEditor::updatePartColor()
+{
 	makeUndo(tr("style couleur"),"color", outline_color->itemData(outline_color -> currentIndex()));
 }
 
 /// Update style with undo command
-void StyleEditor::updatePartLineStyle() {
+void StyleEditor::updatePartLineStyle()
+{
 	makeUndo(tr("style ligne"), "line_style", line_style->itemData(line_style -> currentIndex()));
 }
 
 /// Update weight with undo command
-void StyleEditor::updatePartLineWeight() {
+void StyleEditor::updatePartLineWeight()
+{
 	makeUndo(tr("style epaisseur"), "line_weight", size_weight->itemData(size_weight -> currentIndex()));
 }
 
 /// Update color filling with undo command
-void StyleEditor::updatePartFilling() {
+void StyleEditor::updatePartFilling()
+{
 	makeUndo(tr("style remplissage"), "filling", filling_color->itemData(filling_color -> currentIndex()));
 }
 
@@ -536,11 +542,13 @@ bool StyleEditor::setParts(QList<CustomElementPart *> part_list)
 /**
 	@return la primitive actuellement editee, ou 0 si ce widget n'en edite pas
 */
-CustomElementPart *StyleEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *StyleEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return(part);
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> StyleEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> StyleEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	return m_cep_list;
 }
 

sources/editor/terminaleditor.cpp

@@ -59,7 +59,8 @@ TerminalEditor::TerminalEditor(QETElementEditor *editor,
 /**
 	@brief TerminalEditor::init
 */
-void TerminalEditor::init() {
+void TerminalEditor::init()
+{
 	qle_x = new QDoubleSpinBox();
 	qle_y = new QDoubleSpinBox();
 
@@ -98,7 +99,8 @@ void TerminalEditor::init() {
 	@brief TerminalEditor::~TerminalEditor
 	Destructeur
 */
-TerminalEditor::~TerminalEditor() {
+TerminalEditor::~TerminalEditor()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -161,11 +163,13 @@ bool TerminalEditor::setParts(QList<CustomElementPart *> parts) {
 /**
 	@return la primitive actuellement editee, ou 0 si ce widget n'en edite pas
 */
-CustomElementPart *TerminalEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *TerminalEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return(m_part);
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> TerminalEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> TerminalEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	QList<CustomElementPart*> parts;
 	for (auto term: m_terminals) {
 		parts.append(static_cast<CustomElementPart*>(term));
@@ -174,7 +178,8 @@ QList<CustomElementPart*> TerminalEditor::currentParts() const {
 }
 
 /// Met a jour l'orientation de la borne et cree un objet d'annulation
-void TerminalEditor::updateTerminalO() {
+void TerminalEditor::updateTerminalO()
+{
 	if (m_locked) return;
 	m_locked = true;
 	QVariant var(orientation -> itemData(orientation -> currentIndex()));
@@ -194,7 +199,8 @@ void TerminalEditor::updateTerminalO() {
 /**
 	@brief TerminalEditor::updateXPos
 */
-void TerminalEditor::updateXPos() {
+void TerminalEditor::updateXPos()
+{
 	if (m_locked) return;
 	m_locked = true;
 	QPointF new_pos(qle_x->value(), 0);
@@ -215,7 +221,8 @@ void TerminalEditor::updateXPos() {
 /**
 	@brief TerminalEditor::updateYPos
 */
-void TerminalEditor::updateYPos() {
+void TerminalEditor::updateYPos()
+{
 	if (m_locked) return;
 	m_locked = true;
 	QPointF new_pos(0, qle_y->value()); // change only y value
@@ -237,7 +244,8 @@ void TerminalEditor::updateYPos() {
 /**
 	Met a jour le formulaire d'edition
 */
-void TerminalEditor::updateForm() {
+void TerminalEditor::updateForm()
+{
 	if (!m_part) return;
 	activeConnections(false);
 	qle_x -> setValue(m_part->property("x").toReal());

sources/editor/ui/dynamictextfieldeditor.cpp

@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ DynamicTextFieldEditor::DynamicTextFieldEditor(
 	fillInfoComboBox();
 }
 
-DynamicTextFieldEditor::~DynamicTextFieldEditor() {
+DynamicTextFieldEditor::~DynamicTextFieldEditor()
+{
 	delete ui;
 	if(!m_connection_list.isEmpty()) {
 		for(const QMetaObject::Connection& con : m_connection_list) {
@@ -108,11 +109,13 @@ bool DynamicTextFieldEditor::setParts(QList <CustomElementPart *> parts) {
 	@return The current edited part, note they can return nullptr if
 	there is not a currently edited part.
 */
-CustomElementPart *DynamicTextFieldEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *DynamicTextFieldEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return m_text_field.data();
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> DynamicTextFieldEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> DynamicTextFieldEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	QList<CustomElementPart*> parts;
 	for (auto part: m_parts) {
 		parts.append(static_cast<CustomElementPart*>(part));
@@ -120,7 +123,8 @@ QList<CustomElementPart*> DynamicTextFieldEditor::currentParts() const {
 	return parts;
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::updateForm() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::updateForm()
+{
 	if(m_text_field) {
 		ui -> m_x_sb -> setValue(m_text_field.data() -> x());
 		ui -> m_y_sb -> setValue(m_text_field.data() ->y ());
@@ -152,7 +156,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::updateForm() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::setUpConnections() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::setUpConnections()
+{
 	assert(m_connection_list.isEmpty());
 	//Setup the connection
 	m_connection_list << connect(m_text_field.data(), &PartDynamicTextField::colorChanged,
@@ -177,7 +182,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::setUpConnections() {
 		[this](){this -> updateForm();});
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::disconnectConnections() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::disconnectConnections()
+{
 	//Remove previous connection
 	if(!m_connection_list.isEmpty())
 		for(const QMetaObject::Connection& con : m_connection_list) {
@@ -190,7 +196,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::disconnectConnections() {
 	@brief DynamicTextFieldEditor::fillInfoComboBox
 	Fill the combo box "element information"
 */
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::fillInfoComboBox() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::fillInfoComboBox()
+{
 	ui -> m_elmt_info_cb -> clear();
 
 	QStringList strl;
@@ -212,7 +219,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::fillInfoComboBox() {
 		ui -> m_elmt_info_cb -> addItem(key, info_map.value(key));
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_x_sb_editingFinished() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_x_sb_editingFinished()
+{
 	double value = ui -> m_x_sb -> value();
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
 		QPropertyUndoCommand *undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_parts[i], "x", m_parts[i] -> x(), value);
@@ -222,7 +230,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_x_sb_editingFinished() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_y_sb_editingFinished() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_y_sb_editingFinished()
+{
 	double value = ui -> m_y_sb -> value();
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
 		QPropertyUndoCommand *undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_parts[i], "y", m_parts[i] -> y(), value);
@@ -232,7 +241,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_y_sb_editingFinished() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_rotation_sb_editingFinished() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_rotation_sb_editingFinished()
+{
 	int value = ui -> m_rotation_sb -> value();
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
 		QPropertyUndoCommand *undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_parts[i], "rotation", m_parts[i] -> rotation(), value);
@@ -242,7 +252,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_rotation_sb_editingFinished() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_user_text_le_editingFinished() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_user_text_le_editingFinished()
+{
 	QString text = ui -> m_user_text_le -> text();
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
 		QPropertyUndoCommand *undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_parts[i], "text", m_parts[i] -> text(), text);
@@ -251,7 +262,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_user_text_le_editingFinished() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_size_sb_editingFinished() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_size_sb_editingFinished()
+{
 	QFont font_ = m_text_field -> font();
 	font_.setPointSize(ui -> m_size_sb -> value());
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
@@ -261,7 +273,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_size_sb_editingFinished() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_frame_cb_clicked() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_frame_cb_clicked()
+{
 	bool frame = ui -> m_frame_cb -> isChecked();
 
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
@@ -273,7 +286,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_frame_cb_clicked() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_width_sb_editingFinished() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_width_sb_editingFinished()
+{
 	qreal width = (qreal)ui -> m_width_sb -> value();
 
 	for (int i = 0; i < m_parts.length(); i++) {
@@ -335,7 +349,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_text_from_cb_activated(int index) {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_composite_text_pb_clicked() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_composite_text_pb_clicked()
+{
 	CompositeTextEditDialog ctd(m_text_field.data() -> compositeText(), this);
 	if(ctd.exec()) {
 		QString ct = ctd.plainText();
@@ -349,7 +364,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_composite_text_pb_clicked() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_alignment_pb_clicked() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_alignment_pb_clicked()
+{
 	AlignmentTextDialog atd(m_text_field.data() -> alignment(), this);
 	atd.exec();
 
@@ -364,7 +380,8 @@ void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_alignment_pb_clicked() {
 	}
 }
 
-void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_font_pb_clicked() {
+void DynamicTextFieldEditor::on_m_font_pb_clicked()
+{
 	bool ok;
 	QFont font_ = QFontDialog::getFont(&ok, m_text_field -> font(), this);
 	if (ok && font_ != this -> font()) {

sources/editor/ui/polygoneditor.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ PolygonEditor::PolygonEditor(QETElementEditor *editor,
 /**
 	@brief PolygonEditor::~PolygonEditor
 */
-PolygonEditor::~PolygonEditor() {
+PolygonEditor::~PolygonEditor()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -115,11 +116,13 @@ bool PolygonEditor::setPart(CustomElementPart *new_part)
 	@brief PolygonEditor::currentPart
 	@return the curent edited part
 */
-CustomElementPart *PolygonEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *PolygonEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return m_part;
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> PolygonEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> PolygonEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	return m_style->currentParts();
 }
 

sources/editor/ui/rectangleeditor.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ RectangleEditor::RectangleEditor(QETElementEditor *editor, PartRectangle *rect,
 /**
 	@brief RectangleEditor::~RectangleEditor
 */
-RectangleEditor::~RectangleEditor() {
+RectangleEditor::~RectangleEditor()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -112,11 +113,13 @@ bool RectangleEditor::setParts(QList <CustomElementPart *> parts)
 	@brief RectangleEditor::currentPart
 	@return 
 */
-CustomElementPart *RectangleEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *RectangleEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return m_part;
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> RectangleEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> RectangleEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	return m_style->currentParts();
 }
 
@@ -124,7 +127,8 @@ QList<CustomElementPart*> RectangleEditor::currentParts() const {
 	@brief RectangleEditor::topLeft
 	@return The edited topLeft already mapped to part coordinate
 */
-QPointF RectangleEditor::editedTopLeft() const {
+QPointF RectangleEditor::editedTopLeft() const
+{
 	return m_part->mapFromScene(ui->m_x_sb->value(), ui->m_y_sb->value());
 }
 

sources/editor/ui/texteditor.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ TextEditor::TextEditor(QETElementEditor *editor,  PartText *text, QWidget *paren
 /**
 	@brief TextEditor::~TextEditor
 */
-TextEditor::~TextEditor() {
+TextEditor::~TextEditor()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -79,14 +80,16 @@ void TextEditor::setUpChangeConnection(QPointer<PartText> part) {
 	m_change_connection << connect(part, &PartText::colorChanged,     this, &TextEditor::updateForm);
 }
 
-void TextEditor::disconnectChangeConnection() {
+void TextEditor::disconnectChangeConnection()
+{
 	for (QMetaObject::Connection c : m_change_connection) {
 		disconnect(c);
 	}
 	m_change_connection.clear();
 }
 
-void TextEditor::disconnectEditConnection() {
+void TextEditor::disconnectEditConnection()
+{
 	for (QMetaObject::Connection c : m_edit_connection) {
 	disconnect(c);
 	}
@@ -150,11 +153,13 @@ bool TextEditor::setParts(QList <CustomElementPart *> parts) {
 	@brief TextEditor::currentPart
 	@return The current part
 */
-CustomElementPart *TextEditor::currentPart() const {
+CustomElementPart *TextEditor::currentPart() const
+{
 	return m_text;
 }
 
-QList<CustomElementPart*> TextEditor::currentParts() const {
+QList<CustomElementPart*> TextEditor::currentParts() const
+{
 	QList<CustomElementPart*> parts;
 	for (auto part: m_parts) {
 		parts.append(static_cast<CustomElementPart*>(part));
@@ -167,7 +172,8 @@ QList<CustomElementPart*> TextEditor::currentParts() const {
 	Setup the connection between the widgets of this editor and the undo command
 	use to apply the change to the edited text.
 */
-void TextEditor::setUpEditConnection() {
+void TextEditor::setUpEditConnection()
+{
 	disconnectEditConnection();
 
 	m_edit_connection << connect(ui -> m_line_edit, &QLineEdit::editingFinished, [this]() {
@@ -236,7 +242,8 @@ void TextEditor::setUpEditConnection() {
 /**
 	@brief TextEditor::on_m_font_pb_clicked
 */
-void TextEditor::on_m_font_pb_clicked() {
+void TextEditor::on_m_font_pb_clicked()
+{
 	bool ok;
 	QFont font_ = QFontDialog::getFont(&ok, m_text -> font(), this);
 

sources/elementprovider.cpp

@@ -72,7 +72,8 @@ QList <Element *> ElementProvider::freeElement(const int filter) const{
 	@param uuid_list list of uuid must be found
 	@return all elements with uuid corresponding to uuid in uuid_list
 */
-QList <Element *> ElementProvider::fromUuids(QList<QUuid> uuid_list) const {
+QList <Element *> ElementProvider::fromUuids(QList<QUuid> uuid_list) const
+{
 	QList <Element *> found_element;
 
 	foreach (Diagram *d, m_diagram_list) {
@@ -93,7 +94,8 @@ QList <Element *> ElementProvider::fromUuids(QList<QUuid> uuid_list) const {
 	the filter for search element
 	(You can find all filter with the define in Element.h)
 */
-QList <Element *> ElementProvider::find(const int filter) const {
+QList <Element *> ElementProvider::find(const int filter) const
+{
 	QList <Element *> elmt_;
 
 	//serch in all diagram

sources/elementscategoryeditor.cpp

@@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ ElementsCategoryEditor::ElementsCategoryEditor(const ElementsLocation &location,
 	@brief ElementsCategoryEditor::~ElementsCategoryEditor
 	Destructor
 */
-ElementsCategoryEditor::~ElementsCategoryEditor() {
+ElementsCategoryEditor::~ElementsCategoryEditor()
+{
 }
 
 /**

sources/elementscollectioncache.cpp

@@ -104,7 +104,8 @@ ElementsCollectionCache::ElementsCollectionCache(const QString &database_path, Q
 /**
 	Destructor
 */
-ElementsCollectionCache::~ElementsCollectionCache() {
+ElementsCollectionCache::~ElementsCollectionCache()
+{
 	delete select_name_;
 	delete select_pixmap_;
 	delete insert_name_;
@@ -123,7 +124,8 @@ void ElementsCollectionCache::setLocale(const QString &locale) {
 /**
 	@return The locale to be used when dealing with names.
 */
-QString ElementsCollectionCache::locale() const {
+QString ElementsCollectionCache::locale() const
+{
 	return(locale_);
 }
 
@@ -145,7 +147,8 @@ bool ElementsCollectionCache::setPixmapStorageFormat(const QString &format) {
 	@return the pixmap storage format. Default is "PNG"
 	@see setPixmapStorageFormat()
 */
-QString ElementsCollectionCache::pixmapStorageFormat() const {
+QString ElementsCollectionCache::pixmapStorageFormat() const
+{
 	return(pixmap_storage_format_);
 }
 
@@ -190,14 +193,16 @@ bool ElementsCollectionCache::fetchElement(ElementsLocation &location)
 /**
 	@return The last name fetched through fetchElement().
 */
-QString ElementsCollectionCache::name() const {
+QString ElementsCollectionCache::name() const
+{
 	return(current_name_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return The last pixmap fetched through fetchElement().
 */
-QPixmap ElementsCollectionCache::pixmap() const {
+QPixmap ElementsCollectionCache::pixmap() const
+{
 	return(current_pixmap_);
 }
 

sources/elementsmover.cpp

@@ -43,7 +43,8 @@ ElementsMover::ElementsMover() :
 /**
 	@brief ElementsMover::~ElementsMover Destructor
 */
-ElementsMover::~ElementsMover() {
+ElementsMover::~ElementsMover()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -51,7 +52,8 @@ ElementsMover::~ElementsMover() {
 	@return True if this element mover is ready to be used.
 	A element mover is ready when the previous managed movement is finish.
 */
-bool ElementsMover::isReady() const {
+bool ElementsMover::isReady() const
+{
 	return(!movement_running_);
 }
 

sources/elementspanel.cpp

@@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ ElementsPanel::ElementsPanel(QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-ElementsPanel::~ElementsPanel() {
+ElementsPanel::~ElementsPanel()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -111,7 +112,8 @@ void ElementsPanel::startTitleBlockTemplateDrag(const TitleBlockTemplateLocation
 /**
 	Ensure the filter is applied again after the panel content has changed.
 */
-void ElementsPanel::panelContentChange() {
+void ElementsPanel::panelContentChange()
+{
 	if (!filter_.isEmpty()) {
 		filter(filter_);
 	}
@@ -373,7 +375,8 @@ void ElementsPanel::projectWasClosed(QETProject *project) {
 /**
 	Build filter list for multiple filter
 */
-void ElementsPanel::buildFilterList() {
+void ElementsPanel::buildFilterList()
+{
 	if (filter_.isEmpty()) return;
 	filter_list_ = filter_.split( '+' );
 	/*

sources/elementspanelwidget.cpp

@@ -124,14 +124,16 @@ ElementsPanelWidget::ElementsPanelWidget(QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent) {
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-ElementsPanelWidget::~ElementsPanelWidget() {
+ElementsPanelWidget::~ElementsPanelWidget()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	Require the desktop environment to open the directory containing the file
 	represented by the selected item, if any.
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::openDirectoryForSelectedItem() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::openDirectoryForSelectedItem()
+{
 	if (QTreeWidgetItem *qtwi = elements_panel -> currentItem()) {
 		QString dir_path = elements_panel -> dirPathForItem(qtwi);
 		if (!dir_path.isEmpty()) {
@@ -144,7 +146,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::openDirectoryForSelectedItem() {
 	Copy the full path to the file represented by the selected item to the
 	clipboard.
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::copyPathForSelectedItem() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::copyPathForSelectedItem()
+{
 	if (QTreeWidgetItem *qtwi = elements_panel -> currentItem()) {
 		QString file_path = elements_panel -> filePathForItem(qtwi);
 		file_path = QDir::toNativeSeparators(file_path);
@@ -157,7 +160,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::copyPathForSelectedItem() {
 /**
 	Recharge le panel d'elements
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::reloadAndFilter() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::reloadAndFilter()
+{
 	// recharge tous les elements
 	elements_panel -> reload();
 	// reapplique le filtre
@@ -169,7 +173,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::reloadAndFilter() {
 /**
 	* Emit the requestForProject signal with te selected project
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::activateProject() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::activateProject()
+{
 	if (QETProject *selected_project = elements_panel -> selectedProject()) {
 		emit(requestForProject(selected_project));
 	}
@@ -178,7 +183,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::activateProject() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForProjectClosing avec le projet selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::closeProject() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::closeProject()
+{
 	if (QETProject *selected_project = elements_panel -> selectedProject()) {
 		emit(requestForProjectClosing(selected_project));
 	}
@@ -187,7 +193,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::closeProject() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForProjectPropertiesEdition avec le projet selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::editProjectProperties() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::editProjectProperties()
+{
 	if (QETProject *selected_project = elements_panel -> selectedProject()) {
 		emit(requestForProjectPropertiesEdition(selected_project));
 	}
@@ -196,7 +203,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::editProjectProperties() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramPropertiesEdition avec le schema selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::editDiagramProperties() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::editDiagramProperties()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramPropertiesEdition(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -205,7 +213,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::editDiagramProperties() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForNewDiagram avec le projet selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::newDiagram() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::newDiagram()
+{
 	if (QETProject *selected_project = elements_panel -> selectedProject()) {
 		emit(requestForNewDiagram(selected_project));
 	}
@@ -214,7 +223,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::newDiagram() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramDeletion avec le schema selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::deleteDiagram() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::deleteDiagram()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramDeletion(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -223,7 +233,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::deleteDiagram() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramMoveUpTop avec le schema selectionne
 +*/
-void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUpTop() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUpTop()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramMoveUpTop(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -234,7 +245,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUpTop() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramMoveUp avec le schema selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUp() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUp()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramMoveUp(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -243,7 +255,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUp() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramMoveDown avec le schema selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramDown() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramDown()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramMoveDown(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -252,7 +265,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramDown() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramMoveUpx10 avec le schema selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUpx10() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUpx10()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramMoveUpx10(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -261,7 +275,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramUpx10() {
 /**
 	Emet le signal requestForDiagramMoveDownx10 avec le schema selectionne
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramDownx10() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramDownx10()
+{
 	if (Diagram *selected_diagram = elements_panel -> selectedDiagram()) {
 		emit(requestForDiagramMoveDownx10(selected_diagram));
 	}
@@ -271,7 +286,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::moveDiagramDownx10() {
 /**
 	Opens a template editor to create a new title block template.
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::addTitleBlockTemplate() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::addTitleBlockTemplate()
+{
 	QTreeWidgetItem *current_item = elements_panel -> currentItem();
 	if (!current_item) return;
 	
@@ -285,7 +301,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::addTitleBlockTemplate() {
 /**
 	Opens an editor to edit the currently selected title block template, if any.
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::editTitleBlockTemplate() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::editTitleBlockTemplate()
+{
 	QTreeWidgetItem *current_item = elements_panel -> currentItem();
 	if (current_item && current_item -> type() == QET::TitleBlockTemplate) {
 		QETApp::instance() -> openTitleBlockTemplate(
@@ -297,7 +314,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::editTitleBlockTemplate() {
 /**
 	Delete the currently selected title block template, if any.
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::removeTitleBlockTemplate() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::removeTitleBlockTemplate()
+{
 	QTreeWidgetItem *current_item = elements_panel -> currentItem();
 	if (current_item && current_item -> type() == QET::TitleBlockTemplate) {
 		TitleBlockTemplateDeleter(
@@ -310,7 +328,8 @@ void ElementsPanelWidget::removeTitleBlockTemplate() {
 /**
 	Met a jour les boutons afin d'assurer la coherence de l'interface
 */
-void ElementsPanelWidget::updateButtons() {
+void ElementsPanelWidget::updateButtons()
+{
 	QTreeWidgetItem *current_item = elements_panel -> currentItem();
 	int current_type = elements_panel -> currentItemType();
 	

sources/elementspanelwidget.h

@@ -107,7 +107,8 @@ class ElementsPanelWidget : public QWidget {
 	@brief ElementsPanelWidget::elementsPanel
 	@return The elements panel embedded within this widget.
 */
-inline ElementsPanel &ElementsPanelWidget::elementsPanel() const {
+inline ElementsPanel &ElementsPanelWidget::elementsPanel() const
+{
 	return(*elements_panel);
 }
 

sources/elementtextsmover.cpp

@@ -25,14 +25,16 @@
 /**
 	@brief ElementTextsMover::ElementTextsMover
 */
-ElementTextsMover::ElementTextsMover() {}
+ElementTextsMover::ElementTextsMover()
+{}
 
 /**
 	@brief ElementTextsMover::isReady
 	@return true if this ElementTextsMover is ready to process a new movement.
 	False if this ElementTextsMover is actually process a movement
 */
-bool ElementTextsMover::isReady() const {
+bool ElementTextsMover::isReady() const
+{
 	return(!m_movement_running);
 }
 

sources/exportpropertieswidget.cpp

@@ -45,14 +45,16 @@ ExportPropertiesWidget::ExportPropertiesWidget(const ExportProperties &export_pr
 	@brief ExportPropertiesWidget::~ExportPropertiesWidget
 	Destructeur
 */
-ExportPropertiesWidget::~ExportPropertiesWidget() {
+ExportPropertiesWidget::~ExportPropertiesWidget()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief ExportPropertiesWidget::exportProperties
 	@return les parametres d'export definis via le widget
 */
-ExportProperties ExportPropertiesWidget::exportProperties() const {
+ExportProperties ExportPropertiesWidget::exportProperties() const
+{
 	ExportProperties export_properties;
 	
 	export_properties.destination_directory   = QDir(dirpath -> text());
@@ -120,7 +122,8 @@ void ExportPropertiesWidget::setPrintingMode(bool mode) {
 	Slot asking the user to choose a folder
 	/ Slot demandant a l'utilisateur de choisir un dossier
 */
-void ExportPropertiesWidget::slot_chooseADirectory() {
+void ExportPropertiesWidget::slot_chooseADirectory()
+{
 	QString user_dir = QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(
 		this,
 		tr("Exporter dans le dossier", "dialog title"),
@@ -136,7 +139,8 @@ void ExportPropertiesWidget::slot_chooseADirectory() {
 	Generated the ExportPropertiesWidget ui
 	/ Cette methode construit le widget en lui-meme
 */
-void ExportPropertiesWidget::build() {
+void ExportPropertiesWidget::build()
+{
 	// le dialogue est un empilement vertical d'elements
 	QVBoxLayout *vboxLayout = new QVBoxLayout();
 	vboxLayout -> setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);

sources/factory/elementpicturefactory.cpp

@@ -126,7 +126,8 @@ ElementPictureFactory::primitives ElementPictureFactory::getPrimitives(
 	return m_primitives_H.value(location.uuid());
 }
 
-ElementPictureFactory::~ElementPictureFactory() {
+ElementPictureFactory::~ElementPictureFactory()
+{
 	for (primitives p : m_primitives_H.values()) {
 		qDeleteAll(p.m_texts);
 	}

sources/factory/ui/addtabledialog.cpp

@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ AddTableDialog::AddTableDialog(QWidget *content_widget, QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	@brief AddTableDialog::~AddNomenclatureDialog
 */
-AddTableDialog::~AddTableDialog() {
+AddTableDialog::~AddTableDialog()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -65,7 +66,8 @@ void AddTableDialog::setQueryWidget(QWidget *widget) {
 	@brief AddTableDialog::adjustTableToFolio
 	@return
 */
-bool AddTableDialog::adjustTableToFolio() const {
+bool AddTableDialog::adjustTableToFolio() const
+{
 	return ui->m_adjust_table_size_cb->isChecked();
 }
 
@@ -73,7 +75,8 @@ bool AddTableDialog::adjustTableToFolio() const {
 	@brief AddTableDialog::addNewTableToNewDiagram
 	@return
 */
-bool AddTableDialog::addNewTableToNewDiagram() const {
+bool AddTableDialog::addNewTableToNewDiagram() const
+{
 	return ui->m_add_table_and_folio->isChecked();
 }
 
@@ -81,7 +84,8 @@ bool AddTableDialog::addNewTableToNewDiagram() const {
 	@brief AddTableDialog::tableName
 	@return
 */
-QString AddTableDialog::tableName() const {
+QString AddTableDialog::tableName() const
+{
 	return ui->m_table_name_le->text();
 }
 
@@ -89,7 +93,8 @@ QString AddTableDialog::tableName() const {
 	@brief AddTableDialog::headerMargins
 	@return
 */
-QMargins AddTableDialog::headerMargins() const {
+QMargins AddTableDialog::headerMargins() const
+{
 	return  m_header_margins;
 }
 
@@ -113,7 +118,8 @@ Qt::Alignment AddTableDialog::headerAlignment() const
 	@brief AddTableDialog::headerFont
 	@return
 */
-QFont AddTableDialog::headerFont() const {
+QFont AddTableDialog::headerFont() const
+{
 	return m_header_font;
 }
 
@@ -121,7 +127,8 @@ QFont AddTableDialog::headerFont() const {
 	@brief AddTableDialog::tableMargins
 	@return
 */
-QMargins AddTableDialog::tableMargins() const {
+QMargins AddTableDialog::tableMargins() const
+{
 	return m_table_margins;
 }
 
@@ -145,11 +152,13 @@ Qt::Alignment AddTableDialog::tableAlignment() const
 	@brief AddTableDialog::tableFont
 	@return
 */
-QFont AddTableDialog::tableFont() const {
+QFont AddTableDialog::tableFont() const
+{
 	return m_table_font;
 }
 
-QWidget *AddTableDialog::contentWidget() const {
+QWidget *AddTableDialog::contentWidget() const
+{
 	return m_content_widget;
 }
 

sources/genericpanel.cpp

@@ -39,13 +39,15 @@ GenericPanel::GenericPanel(QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructor
 */
-GenericPanel::~GenericPanel() {
+GenericPanel::~GenericPanel()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the type of the current item
 */
-int GenericPanel::currentItemType() {
+int GenericPanel::currentItemType()
+{
 	QTreeWidgetItem *current_qtwi = currentItem();
 	if (!current_qtwi) return(0);
 	return(current_qtwi -> type());
@@ -56,7 +58,8 @@ int GenericPanel::currentItemType() {
 	@param item
 	@return nullptr
 */
-QETProject *GenericPanel::projectForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const {
+QETProject *GenericPanel::projectForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const
+{
 	if (item && item -> type() == QET::Project) {
 		return(valueForItem<QETProject *>(item));
 	}
@@ -69,7 +72,8 @@ QETProject *GenericPanel::projectForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const {
 	@param item
 	@return nullptr
 */
-Diagram *GenericPanel::diagramForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const {
+Diagram *GenericPanel::diagramForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const
+{
 	if (item && item -> type() == QET::Diagram) {
 		return(valueForItem<Diagram *>(item));
 	}
@@ -82,7 +86,8 @@ Diagram *GenericPanel::diagramForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const {
 	@return TitleBlockTemplateLocation()
 */
 TitleBlockTemplateLocation GenericPanel::templateLocationForItem(
-		QTreeWidgetItem *item) const {
+		QTreeWidgetItem *item) const
+{
 	if (item && item -> type() & QET::TitleBlockTemplatesCollectionItem) {
 		return(valueForItem<TitleBlockTemplateLocation>(item));
 	}
@@ -93,7 +98,8 @@ TitleBlockTemplateLocation GenericPanel::templateLocationForItem(
 	@brief GenericPanel::selectedProject
 	@return projectForItem(currentItem())
 */
-QETProject *GenericPanel::selectedProject() const {
+QETProject *GenericPanel::selectedProject() const
+{
 	return(projectForItem(currentItem()));
 }
 
@@ -101,7 +107,8 @@ QETProject *GenericPanel::selectedProject() const {
 	@brief GenericPanel::selectedDiagram
 	@return diagramForItem(currentItem())
 */
-Diagram *GenericPanel::selectedDiagram() const {
+Diagram *GenericPanel::selectedDiagram() const
+{
 	return(diagramForItem(currentItem()));
 }
 
@@ -109,7 +116,8 @@ Diagram *GenericPanel::selectedDiagram() const {
 	@brief GenericPanel::selectedTemplateLocation
 	@return templateLocationForItem(currentItem())
 */
-TitleBlockTemplateLocation GenericPanel::selectedTemplateLocation() const {
+TitleBlockTemplateLocation GenericPanel::selectedTemplateLocation() const
+{
 	return(templateLocationForItem(currentItem()));
 }
 
@@ -931,7 +939,8 @@ void GenericPanel::reparent(QTreeWidgetItem *item, QTreeWidgetItem *parent) {
 QList<QTreeWidgetItem *> GenericPanel::childItems(
 		QTreeWidgetItem *item,
 		QET::ItemType type,
-		bool recursive) const {
+		bool recursive) const
+{
 	QList<QTreeWidgetItem *> items;
 	if (!item) return(items);
 	for (int i = 0 ; i < item -> childCount() ; ++ i) {
@@ -976,7 +985,8 @@ void GenericPanel::removeObsoleteItems(
 	@return the value stored in \a item
 */
 template<typename T>
-T GenericPanel::valueForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const {
+T GenericPanel::valueForItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item) const
+{
 	return item -> data(0, GenericPanel::Item).value<T>();
 }
 template TitleBlockTemplateLocation
@@ -1027,6 +1037,7 @@ bool GenericPanel::event(QEvent *event) {
 	@brief GenericPanel::emitFirstActivated
 	Emit the signal firstActivated().
 */
-void GenericPanel::emitFirstActivated() {
+void GenericPanel::emitFirstActivated()
+{
 	emit(firstActivated());
 }

sources/newelementwizard.cpp

@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@ NewElementWizard::NewElementWizard(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-NewElementWizard::~NewElementWizard() {
+NewElementWizard::~NewElementWizard()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -99,7 +100,8 @@ QWizardPage *NewElementWizard::buildStep1()
 	@brief NewElementWizard::buildStep2
 	@return
 */
-QWizardPage *NewElementWizard::buildStep2() {
+QWizardPage *NewElementWizard::buildStep2()
+{
 	QWizardPage *page = new QWizardPage();
 	page -> setProperty("WizardState", Filename);
 	page -> setTitle(tr("Étape 2/3 : Nom du fichier", "wizard page title"));
@@ -123,7 +125,8 @@ QWizardPage *NewElementWizard::buildStep2() {
 	@brief NewElementWizard::buildStep3
 	@return
 */
-QWizardPage *NewElementWizard::buildStep3() {
+QWizardPage *NewElementWizard::buildStep3()
+{
 	QWizardPage *page = new QWizardPage();
 	page -> setProperty("WizardState", Names);
 	page -> setTitle(tr("Étape 3/3 : Noms de l'élément", "wizard page title"));
@@ -202,7 +205,8 @@ bool NewElementWizard::validStep1()
 	Valid the step 2
 	@return true if step is valid
 */
-bool NewElementWizard::validStep2() {
+bool NewElementWizard::validStep2()
+{
 	QString file_name = m_qle_filename -> text();
 
 	if (file_name.isEmpty()) {
@@ -233,7 +237,8 @@ bool NewElementWizard::validStep2() {
 	@brief NewElementWizard::createNewElement
 	Lauch an element editor for create the new element
 */
-void NewElementWizard::createNewElement() {
+void NewElementWizard::createNewElement()
+{
 	QETElementEditor *edit_new_element = new QETElementEditor(parentWidget());
 	edit_new_element -> setNames(m_names_list -> names());
 

sources/projectconfigpages.cpp

@@ -46,13 +46,15 @@ ProjectConfigPage::ProjectConfigPage(QETProject *project, QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructor
 */
-ProjectConfigPage::~ProjectConfigPage() {
+ProjectConfigPage::~ProjectConfigPage()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the project being edited by this page
 */
-QETProject *ProjectConfigPage::project() const {
+QETProject *ProjectConfigPage::project() const
+{
 	return(m_project);
 }
 
@@ -81,7 +83,8 @@ QETProject *ProjectConfigPage::setProject(QETProject *new_project,
 /**
 	Apply the configuration after user input
 */
-void ProjectConfigPage::applyConf() {
+void ProjectConfigPage::applyConf()
+{
 	if (!m_project || m_project -> isReadOnly()) return;
 	applyProjectConf();
 }
@@ -91,7 +94,8 @@ void ProjectConfigPage::applyConf() {
 	readValuesFromProject() and adjustReadOnly() if a non-zero project has been
 	set. Typically, you should call this function in your subclass constructor.
 */
-void ProjectConfigPage::init() {
+void ProjectConfigPage::init()
+{
 	initWidgets();
 	initLayout();
 	if (m_project) {
@@ -116,27 +120,31 @@ ProjectMainConfigPage::ProjectMainConfigPage(QETProject *project, QWidget *paren
 /**
 	Destructor
 */
-ProjectMainConfigPage::~ProjectMainConfigPage() {
+ProjectMainConfigPage::~ProjectMainConfigPage()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the title for this page
 */
-QString ProjectMainConfigPage::title() const {
+QString ProjectMainConfigPage::title() const
+{
 	return(tr("Général", "configuration page title"));
 }
 
 /**
 	@return the icon for this page
 */
-QIcon ProjectMainConfigPage::icon() const {
+QIcon ProjectMainConfigPage::icon() const
+{
 	return(QET::Icons::Settings);
 }
 
 /**
 	Apply the configuration after user input
 */
-void ProjectMainConfigPage::applyProjectConf() {
+void ProjectMainConfigPage::applyProjectConf()
+{
 	bool modified_project = false;
 	
 	QString new_title = title_value_ -> text();
@@ -158,14 +166,16 @@ void ProjectMainConfigPage::applyProjectConf() {
 /**
 	@return the project title entered by the user
 */
-QString ProjectMainConfigPage::projectTitle() const {
+QString ProjectMainConfigPage::projectTitle() const
+{
 	return(title_value_ -> text());
 }
 
 /**
 	Initialize widgets displayed by the page.
 */
-void ProjectMainConfigPage::initWidgets() {
+void ProjectMainConfigPage::initWidgets()
+{
 	title_label_ = new QLabel(tr("Titre du projet :", "label when configuring"));
 	title_value_ = new QLineEdit();
 	title_information_ = new QLabel(tr("Ce titre sera disponible pour tous les folios de ce projet en tant que %projecttitle.", "informative label"));
@@ -183,7 +193,8 @@ void ProjectMainConfigPage::initWidgets() {
 /**
 	Initialize the layout of this page.
 */
-void ProjectMainConfigPage::initLayout() {
+void ProjectMainConfigPage::initLayout()
+{
 	QVBoxLayout *main_layout0 = new QVBoxLayout();
 	QHBoxLayout *title_layout0 = new QHBoxLayout();
 	title_layout0 -> addWidget(title_label_);
@@ -201,7 +212,8 @@ void ProjectMainConfigPage::initLayout() {
 /**
 	Read properties from the edited project then fill widgets with them.
 */
-void ProjectMainConfigPage::readValuesFromProject() {
+void ProjectMainConfigPage::readValuesFromProject()
+{
 	title_value_ -> setText(m_project -> title());
 	project_variables_ -> setContext(m_project -> projectProperties());
 }
@@ -210,7 +222,8 @@ void ProjectMainConfigPage::readValuesFromProject() {
 	Set the content of this page read only if the project is read only,
 	editable if the project is editable.
 */
-void ProjectMainConfigPage::adjustReadOnly() {
+void ProjectMainConfigPage::adjustReadOnly()
+{
 	bool is_read_only = m_project -> isReadOnly();
 	title_value_ -> setReadOnly(is_read_only);
 }
@@ -237,7 +250,8 @@ ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::ProjectAutoNumConfigPage (QETProject *project,
 	Title of this config page
 	@return
 */
-QString ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::title() const {
+QString ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::title() const
+{
 	return tr("Numérotation auto");
 }
 
@@ -246,14 +260,16 @@ QString ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::title() const {
 	Icon of this config pafe
 	@return
 */
-QIcon ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::icon() const {
+QIcon ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::icon() const
+{
 	return QIcon (QET::Icons::AutoNum);
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyProjectConf
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyProjectConf() {}
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyProjectConf()
+{}
 
 /**
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::initWidgets
@@ -314,7 +330,8 @@ void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::readValuesFromProject()
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::adjustReadOnly
 	set this config page disable if project is read only
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::adjustReadOnly() {
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::adjustReadOnly()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -460,7 +477,8 @@ void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::saveContextConductor()
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::saveContext_folio
 	Save the current displayed folio context in project
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::saveContextFolio() {
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::saveContextFolio()
+{
 	// If the text is the default text "Name of new numerotation" save the edited context
 	// With the the name "No name"
 	if (m_saw_folio->contextComboBox() -> currentText() == tr("Nom de la nouvelle numérotation")) {
@@ -483,7 +501,8 @@ void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::saveContextFolio() {
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyAutoNum
 	Apply auto folio numbering, New Folios or Selected Folios
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyAutoNum() {
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyAutoNum()
+{
 
 	if (m_faw->newFolios){
 		int foliosRemaining = m_faw->newFoliosNumber();
@@ -507,7 +526,8 @@ void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyAutoNum() {
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyAutoManagement
 	Apply Management Options in Selected Folios
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyManagement() {
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyManagement()
+{
 	int from;
 	int to;
 	//Apply to Entire Project
@@ -601,7 +621,8 @@ void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::applyManagement() {
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContext
 	Remove from project the current conductor numerotation context
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContextConductor() {
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContextConductor()
+{
 	//if default text, return
 	if ( m_saw_conductor->contextComboBox()-> currentText() == tr("Nom de la nouvelle numérotation") ) return;
 	m_project -> removeConductorAutoNum (m_saw_conductor->contextComboBox()-> currentText() );
@@ -613,7 +634,8 @@ void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContextConductor() {
 	@brief ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContext_folio
 	Remove from project the current folio numerotation context
 */
-void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContextFolio() {
+void ProjectAutoNumConfigPage::removeContextFolio()
+{
 	//if default text, return
 	if ( m_saw_folio->contextComboBox() -> currentText() == tr("Nom de la nouvelle numérotation") ) return;
 	m_project -> removeFolioAutoNum (m_saw_folio->contextComboBox() -> currentText() );

sources/projectview.cpp

@@ -54,7 +54,8 @@ ProjectView::ProjectView(QETProject *project, QWidget *parent) :
 	Destructeur
 	Supprime les DiagramView embarquees
 */
-ProjectView::~ProjectView() {
+ProjectView::~ProjectView()
+{
 	for (auto dv_ : m_diagram_ids.values())
 		dv_->deleteLater();
 }
@@ -62,7 +63,8 @@ ProjectView::~ProjectView() {
 /**
 	@return le projet actuellement visualise par le ProjectView
 */
-QETProject *ProjectView::project() {
+QETProject *ProjectView::project()
+{
 	return(m_project);
 }
 
@@ -94,7 +96,8 @@ void ProjectView::setProject(QETProject *project)
 /**
 	@return la liste des schemas ouverts dans le projet
 */
-QList<DiagramView *> ProjectView::diagram_views() const {
+QList<DiagramView *> ProjectView::diagram_views() const
+{
 	return(m_diagram_view_list);
 }
 
@@ -102,7 +105,8 @@ QList<DiagramView *> ProjectView::diagram_views() const {
 	@brief ProjectView::currentDiagram
 	@return The current active diagram view or nullptr if there isn't diagramView in this project view.
 */
-DiagramView *ProjectView::currentDiagram() const {
+DiagramView *ProjectView::currentDiagram() const
+{
 	int current_tab_index = m_tab -> currentIndex();
 	if (current_tab_index == -1)
 		return nullptr;
@@ -126,7 +130,8 @@ void ProjectView::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *qce) {
 /**
 	@brief change current diagramview to next folio
 */
-void ProjectView::changeTabDown(){
+void ProjectView::changeTabDown()
+{
 	DiagramView *nextDiagramView = this->nextDiagram();
 	if (nextDiagramView!=nullptr){
 		rebuildDiagramsMap();
@@ -137,7 +142,8 @@ void ProjectView::changeTabDown(){
 /**
 	@return next folio of current diagramview
 */
-DiagramView *ProjectView::nextDiagram() {
+DiagramView *ProjectView::nextDiagram()
+{
 	int current_tab_index = m_tab -> currentIndex();
 	int next_tab_index = current_tab_index + 1;	//get next tab index
 	if (next_tab_index<m_diagram_ids.count()) //if next tab index >= greatest tab the last tab is activated so no need to change tab.
@@ -149,7 +155,8 @@ DiagramView *ProjectView::nextDiagram() {
 /**
 	@brief change current diagramview to previous tab
 */
-void ProjectView::changeTabUp(){
+void ProjectView::changeTabUp()
+{
 	DiagramView *previousDiagramView = this->previousDiagram();
 	if (previousDiagramView!=nullptr){
 		rebuildDiagramsMap();
@@ -160,7 +167,8 @@ void ProjectView::changeTabUp(){
 /**
 	@return previous folio of current diagramview
 */
-DiagramView *ProjectView::previousDiagram() {
+DiagramView *ProjectView::previousDiagram()
+{
 	int current_tab_index = m_tab -> currentIndex();
 	int previous_tab_index = current_tab_index - 1;	//get previous tab index
 	if (previous_tab_index>=0) //if previous tab index = 0 then the first tab is activated so no need to change tab.
@@ -172,7 +180,8 @@ DiagramView *ProjectView::previousDiagram() {
 /**
 	@brief change current diagramview to last tab
 */
-void ProjectView::changeLastTab(){
+void ProjectView::changeLastTab()
+{
 	DiagramView *lastDiagramView = this->lastDiagram();
 	m_tab->setCurrentWidget(lastDiagramView);
 }
@@ -180,14 +189,16 @@ void ProjectView::changeLastTab(){
 /**
 	@return last folio of current project
 */
-DiagramView *ProjectView::lastDiagram(){
+DiagramView *ProjectView::lastDiagram()
+{
 	return(m_diagram_ids.last());
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief change current diagramview to first tab
 */
-void ProjectView::changeFirstTab(){
+void ProjectView::changeFirstTab()
+{
 	DiagramView *firstDiagramView = this->firstDiagram();
 	m_tab->setCurrentWidget(firstDiagramView);
 }
@@ -195,7 +206,8 @@ void ProjectView::changeFirstTab(){
 /**
 	@return first folio of current project
 */
-DiagramView *ProjectView::firstDiagram(){
+DiagramView *ProjectView::firstDiagram()
+{
 	return(m_diagram_ids.first());
 }
 
@@ -208,7 +220,8 @@ DiagramView *ProjectView::firstDiagram(){
 	@see tryClosingElementEditors()
 	@see tryClosingDiagrams()
 */
-bool ProjectView::tryClosing() {
+bool ProjectView::tryClosing()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return(true);
 
 	// First step: require external editors closing -- users may either cancel
@@ -257,7 +270,8 @@ bool ProjectView::tryClosing() {
 	d'un editeur d'element.
 	@return true si tous les editeurs d'element ont pu etre fermes, false sinon
 */
-bool ProjectView::tryClosingElementEditors() {
+bool ProjectView::tryClosingElementEditors()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return(true);
 	/*
 		La QETApp permet d'acceder rapidement aux editeurs d'element
@@ -281,7 +295,8 @@ bool ProjectView::tryClosingElementEditors() {
 	a dialog ask if user want to save the modification.
 	@return the answer of dialog or discard if no change.
 */
-int ProjectView::tryClosingDiagrams() {
+int ProjectView::tryClosingDiagrams()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return(QMessageBox::Discard);
 
 	if (!project()->projectOptionsWereModified() &&
@@ -339,7 +354,8 @@ QString ProjectView::askUserForFilePath(bool assign) {
 	@return the QETResult object to be returned when it appears this project
 	view is not associated to any project.
 */
-QETResult ProjectView::noProjectResult() const {
+QETResult ProjectView::noProjectResult() const
+{
 	QETResult no_project(tr("aucun projet affiché", "error message"), false);
 	return(no_project);
 }
@@ -421,7 +437,8 @@ void ProjectView::showDiagram(Diagram *diagram) {
 	Enable the user to edit properties of the current project through a
 	configuration dialog.
 */
-void ProjectView::editProjectProperties() {
+void ProjectView::editProjectProperties()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return;
 	ProjectPropertiesDialog dialog(m_project, parentWidget());
 	dialog.exec();
@@ -430,7 +447,8 @@ void ProjectView::editProjectProperties() {
 /**
 	Edite les proprietes du schema courant
 */
-void ProjectView::editCurrentDiagramProperties() {
+void ProjectView::editCurrentDiagramProperties()
+{
 	editDiagramProperties(currentDiagram());
 }
 
@@ -561,7 +579,8 @@ void ProjectView::moveDiagramDownx10(Diagram *diagram) {
 	Ce slot demarre un dialogue permettant a l'utilisateur de parametrer et de
 	lancer l'impression de toute ou partie du projet.
 */
-void ProjectView::printProject() {
+void ProjectView::printProject()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return;
 
 	// transforme le titre du projet en nom utilisable pour le document
@@ -591,7 +610,8 @@ void ProjectView::printProject() {
 /**
 	Exporte le schema.
 */
-void ProjectView::exportProject() {
+void ProjectView::exportProject()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return;
 
 	ExportDialog ed(m_project, parentWidget());
@@ -607,7 +627,8 @@ void ProjectView::exportProject() {
 	@see setFilePath()
 	@return a QETResult object reflecting the situation
 */
-QETResult ProjectView::save() {
+QETResult ProjectView::save()
+{
 	return(doSave());
 }
 
@@ -658,7 +679,8 @@ QETResult ProjectView::doSave()
 	@return an integer value above zero if elements and/or categories were
 	cleaned.
 */
-int ProjectView::cleanProject() {
+int ProjectView::cleanProject()
+{
 	if (!m_project) return(0);
 
 	// s'assure que le schema n'est pas en lecture seule
@@ -733,7 +755,8 @@ void ProjectView::initActions()
 /**
 	Initialize child widgets for this widget.
 */
-void ProjectView::initWidgets() {
+void ProjectView::initWidgets()
+{
 	setObjectName("ProjectView");
 	setWindowIcon(QET::Icons::ProjectFileGP);
 
@@ -790,7 +813,8 @@ void ProjectView::initWidgets() {
 /**
 	Initialize layout for this widget.
 */
-void ProjectView::initLayout() {
+void ProjectView::initLayout()
+{
 	QVBoxLayout *fallback_widget_layout_ = new QVBoxLayout(fallback_widget_);
 	fallback_widget_layout_ -> addWidget(fallback_label_);
 
@@ -849,7 +873,8 @@ void ProjectView::loadDiagrams()
 	@brief ProjectView::updateWindowTitle
 	Update the project view title
 */
-void ProjectView::updateWindowTitle() {
+void ProjectView::updateWindowTitle()
+{
 	QString title;
 	if (m_project) {
 		title = m_project -> pathNameTitle();
@@ -863,7 +888,8 @@ void ProjectView::updateWindowTitle() {
 	Effectue les actions necessaires lorsque le projet visualise entre ou sort
 	du mode lecture seule.
 */
-void ProjectView::adjustReadOnlyState() {
+void ProjectView::adjustReadOnlyState()
+{
 	bool editable = !(m_project -> isReadOnly());
 
 	// prevent users from moving existing diagrams
@@ -984,7 +1010,8 @@ DiagramView *ProjectView::findDiagram(Diagram *diagram) {
 /**
 	Reconstruit la map associant les index des onglets avec les DiagramView
 */
-void ProjectView::rebuildDiagramsMap() {
+void ProjectView::rebuildDiagramsMap()
+{
 	// vide la map
 	m_diagram_ids.clear();
 

sources/properties/terminaldata.cpp

@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ TerminalData::TerminalData(QGraphicsObject *parent):
 	init();
 }
 
-void TerminalData::init() {
+void TerminalData::init()
+{
 }
 
 TerminalData::~TerminalData()

sources/properties/xrefproperties.cpp

@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ XRefProperties::XRefProperties()
 	@param prefix: prefix before properties name
 */
 void XRefProperties::toSettings(QSettings &settings,
-				const QString prefix) const {
+				const QString prefix) const
+{
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "showpowerctc", m_show_power_ctc);
 	QString display = m_display == Cross? "cross" : "contacts";
 	settings.setValue(prefix + "displayhas", display);
@@ -96,7 +97,8 @@ void XRefProperties::fromSettings(const QSettings &settings,
 	@param xml_document : QDomElement to use for saving
 	@return QDomElement
 */
-QDomElement XRefProperties::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const {
+QDomElement XRefProperties::toXml(QDomDocument &xml_document) const
+{
 
 	QDomElement xml_element = xml_document.createElement("xref");
 	xml_element.setAttribute("type", m_key);
@@ -191,7 +193,8 @@ bool XRefProperties::operator ==(const XRefProperties &xrp) const{
 			m_xref_pos == xrp.m_xref_pos );
 }
 
-bool XRefProperties::operator !=(const XRefProperties &xrp) const {
+bool XRefProperties::operator !=(const XRefProperties &xrp) const
+{
 	return (! (*this == xrp));
 }
 

sources/qet.cpp

@@ -371,7 +371,8 @@ QList<QDomElement> QET::findInDomElement(const QDomElement &e,
 }
 
 /// @return le texte de la licence de QElectroTech (GNU/GPL)
-QString QET::license() {
+QString QET::license()
+{
 	// Recuperation du texte de la GNU/GPL dans un fichier integre a l'application
 	QFile *file_license = new QFile(":/LICENSE");
 	QString txt_license;
@@ -399,7 +400,8 @@ QString QET::license() {
 	@return la liste des caracteres interdits dans les noms de fichiers sous
 	Windows
 */
-QList<QChar> QET::forbiddenCharacters() {
+QList<QChar> QET::forbiddenCharacters()
+{
 	return(QList<QChar>() << '\\' << '/' << ':' << '*' << '?' << '"'
 	       << '<' << '>' << '|');
 }

sources/qetapp.cpp

@@ -261,7 +261,8 @@ void QETApp::systray(QSystemTrayIcon::ActivationReason reason) {
 	Minimizes all application windows in the systray
 	\~French Reduit toutes les fenetres de l'application dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::reduceEveryEditor() {
+void QETApp::reduceEveryEditor()
+{
 	reduceDiagramEditors();
 	reduceElementEditors();
 	reduceTitleBlockTemplateEditors();
@@ -273,7 +274,8 @@ void QETApp::reduceEveryEditor() {
 	Restores all application windows in the systray
 	\~French Restaure toutes les fenetres de l'application dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::restoreEveryEditor() {
+void QETApp::restoreEveryEditor()
+{
 	restoreDiagramEditors();
 	restoreElementEditors();
 	restoreTitleBlockTemplateEditors();
@@ -285,7 +287,8 @@ void QETApp::restoreEveryEditor() {
 	Minimize all schema editors in the systray
 	\~French Reduit tous les editeurs de schemas dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::reduceDiagramEditors() {
+void QETApp::reduceDiagramEditors()
+{
 	setMainWindowsVisible<QETDiagramEditor>(false);
 }
 
@@ -294,7 +297,8 @@ void QETApp::reduceDiagramEditors() {
 	Restore all schema editors in the systray
 	\~French Restaure tous les editeurs de schemas dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::restoreDiagramEditors() {
+void QETApp::restoreDiagramEditors()
+{
 	setMainWindowsVisible<QETDiagramEditor>(true);
 }
 
@@ -304,7 +308,8 @@ void QETApp::restoreDiagramEditors() {
 	Minimize all element editors in systray
 	\~French Reduit tous les editeurs d'element dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::reduceElementEditors() {
+void QETApp::reduceElementEditors()
+{
 	setMainWindowsVisible<QETElementEditor>(false);
 }
 
@@ -313,7 +318,8 @@ void QETApp::reduceElementEditors() {
 	Restore all element editors in the systray
 	\~French Restaure tous les editeurs d'element dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::restoreElementEditors() {
+void QETApp::restoreElementEditors()
+{
 	setMainWindowsVisible<QETElementEditor>(true);
 }
 
@@ -321,7 +327,8 @@ void QETApp::restoreElementEditors() {
 	@brief QETApp::reduceTitleBlockTemplateEditors
 	Reduce all known template editors
 */
-void QETApp::reduceTitleBlockTemplateEditors() {
+void QETApp::reduceTitleBlockTemplateEditors()
+{
 	setMainWindowsVisible<QETTitleBlockTemplateEditor>(false);
 }
 
@@ -329,7 +336,8 @@ void QETApp::reduceTitleBlockTemplateEditors() {
 	@brief QETApp::restoreTitleBlockTemplateEditors
 	Restore all known template editors
 */
-void QETApp::restoreTitleBlockTemplateEditors() {
+void QETApp::restoreTitleBlockTemplateEditors()
+{
 	setMainWindowsVisible<QETTitleBlockTemplateEditor>(true);
 }
 
@@ -338,7 +346,8 @@ void QETApp::restoreTitleBlockTemplateEditors() {
 	launches a new schema editor
 	\~French lance un nouvel editeur de schemas
 */
-void QETApp::newDiagramEditor() {
+void QETApp::newDiagramEditor()
+{
 	new QETDiagramEditor();
 }
 
@@ -347,7 +356,8 @@ void QETApp::newDiagramEditor() {
 	launches a new element editor
 	\~French lance un nouvel editeur d'element
 */
-void QETApp::newElementEditor() {
+void QETApp::newElementEditor()
+{
 	new QETElementEditor();
 }
 
@@ -355,7 +365,8 @@ void QETApp::newElementEditor() {
 	@brief QETApp::collectionCache
 	@return the collection cache provided by the application itself.
 */
-ElementsCollectionCache *QETApp::collectionCache() {
+ElementsCollectionCache *QETApp::collectionCache()
+{
 	return(collections_cache_);
 }
 
@@ -510,7 +521,8 @@ QString QETApp::diagramTranslatedInfoKey(const QString &key)
 	@return the common title block templates collection,
 	i.e. the one provided by QElecrotTech
 */
-TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection *QETApp::commonTitleBlockTemplatesCollection() {
+TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection *QETApp::commonTitleBlockTemplatesCollection()
+{
 	if (!m_common_tbt_collection) {
 		m_common_tbt_collection =
 				new TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection(
@@ -530,7 +542,8 @@ TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection *QETApp::commonTitleBlockTemplatesCollection(
 	@return the custom title block templates collection,
 	i.e. the one managed by the end user
 */
-TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection *QETApp::customTitleBlockTemplatesCollection() {
+TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection *QETApp::customTitleBlockTemplatesCollection()
+{
 	if (!m_custom_tbt_collection) {
 		m_custom_tbt_collection =
 				new TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection(
@@ -549,7 +562,8 @@ TitleBlockTemplatesFilesCollection *QETApp::customTitleBlockTemplatesCollection(
 	@return the list of all available title block tempaltes collections,
 	beginning with the common and custom ones, plus the projects-embedded ones.
 */
-QList<TitleBlockTemplatesCollection *> QETApp::availableTitleBlockTemplatesCollections() {
+QList<TitleBlockTemplatesCollection *> QETApp::availableTitleBlockTemplatesCollections()
+{
 	QList<TitleBlockTemplatesCollection *> collections_list;
 
 	collections_list << commonTitleBlockTemplatesCollection();
@@ -718,7 +732,8 @@ void QETApp::resetUserElementsDir()
 	@return the path of the directory containing the common title block
 	templates collection.
 */
-QString QETApp::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDir() {
+QString QETApp::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDir()
+{
 #ifdef QET_ALLOW_OVERRIDE_CTBTD_OPTION
 	if (common_tbt_dir_ != QString()) return(common_tbt_dir_);
 #endif
@@ -747,7 +762,8 @@ QString QETApp::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDir() {
 	@return the path of the directory containing the custom title block
 	templates collection.
 */
-QString QETApp::customTitleBlockTemplatesDir() {
+QString QETApp::customTitleBlockTemplatesDir()
+{
 		if (m_user_custom_tbt_dir.isEmpty())
 	{
 			QSettings settings;
@@ -794,7 +810,8 @@ QString QETApp::customTitleBlockTemplatesDir() {
 	\~ @return The path of the QElectroTech configuration folder
 	\~French Le chemin du dossier de configuration de QElectroTech
 */
-QString QETApp::configDir() {
+QString QETApp::configDir()
+{
 #ifdef QET_ALLOW_OVERRIDE_CD_OPTION
 	if (config_dir != QString()) return(config_dir);
 #endif
@@ -888,7 +905,8 @@ QString QETApp::symbolicPath(const QString &real_path) {
 	@return the list of file extensions QElectroTech is able to open and
 	supposed to handle. Note they are provided with no leading point.
 */
-QStringList QETApp::handledFileExtensions() {
+QStringList QETApp::handledFileExtensions()
+{
 	static QStringList ext;
 	if (!ext.count()) {
 		ext << "qet";
@@ -1036,7 +1054,8 @@ void QETApp::overrideLangDir(const QString &new_ld) {
 	@return The path of the folder containing the language files
 	\~French Le chemin du dossier contenant les fichiers de langue
 */
-QString QETApp::languagesPath() {
+QString QETApp::languagesPath()
+{
 	if (!lang_dir.isEmpty()) {
 		return(lang_dir);
 	} else {
@@ -1076,7 +1095,8 @@ QString QETApp::languagesPath() {
 	\~French true si l'utilisateur a accepte toutes les fermetures,
 	false sinon
 */
-bool QETApp::closeEveryEditor() {
+bool QETApp::closeEveryEditor()
+{
 	// make sure all windows are visible before leaving
 	// s'assure que toutes les fenetres soient visibles avant de quitter
 	restoreEveryEditor();
@@ -1203,7 +1223,8 @@ QFont QETApp::indiTextsItemFont(qreal size)
 	@return schema editors
 	\~French les editeurs de schemas
 */
-QList<QETDiagramEditor *> QETApp::diagramEditors() {
+QList<QETDiagramEditor *> QETApp::diagramEditors()
+{
 	return(QETApp::instance() -> detectWindows<QETDiagramEditor>());
 }
 
@@ -1212,7 +1233,8 @@ QList<QETDiagramEditor *> QETApp::diagramEditors() {
 	@return element editors
 	\~French les editeurs d'elements
 */
-QList<QETElementEditor *> QETApp::elementEditors() {
+QList<QETElementEditor *> QETApp::elementEditors()
+{
 	return(QETApp::instance() -> detectWindows<QETElementEditor>());
 }
 
@@ -1220,7 +1242,8 @@ QList<QETElementEditor *> QETApp::elementEditors() {
 	@brief QETApp::titleBlockTemplateEditors
 	@return the title block template editors
 */
-QList<QETTitleBlockTemplateEditor *> QETApp::titleBlockTemplateEditors() {
+QList<QETTitleBlockTemplateEditor *> QETApp::titleBlockTemplateEditors()
+{
 	return(QETApp::instance() -> detectWindows<QETTitleBlockTemplateEditor>());
 }
 
@@ -1261,7 +1284,8 @@ QList<QETTitleBlockTemplateEditor *> QETApp::titleBlockTemplateEditors(
 	\~ @return
 	\~ @see QTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget
 */
-QTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget *QETApp::createTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget() {
+QTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget *QETApp::createTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget()
+{
 	QTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget *widget = new QTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget();
 	widget -> orientationWidget() -> setFont(QETApp::diagramTextsFont());
 	widget -> orientationWidget() -> setUsableTexts(QList<QString>()
@@ -1283,7 +1307,8 @@ QTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget *QETApp::createTextOrientationSpinBoxWidget() {
 	@brief QETApp::defaultTitleBlockTemplate
 	@return the default titleblock template for diagrams
 */
-TitleBlockTemplate *QETApp::defaultTitleBlockTemplate() {
+TitleBlockTemplate *QETApp::defaultTitleBlockTemplate()
+{
 	if (!QETApp::default_titleblock_template_) {
 		TitleBlockTemplate *titleblock_template = new TitleBlockTemplate(QETApp::instance());
 		if (titleblock_template -> loadFromXmlFile(":/titleblocks/default.titleblock")) {
@@ -1349,7 +1374,8 @@ void QETApp::receiveMessage(int instanceId, QByteArray message)
 	@param T a class inheriting QMainWindow
 	@return the list of windows of type T
 */
-template <class T> QList<T *> QETApp::detectWindows() const {
+template <class T> QList<T *> QETApp::detectWindows() const
+{
 	QList<T *> windows;
 	foreach(QWidget *widget, qApp->topLevelWidgets()) {
 		if (!widget -> isWindow()) continue;
@@ -1375,7 +1401,8 @@ template <class T> void QETApp::setMainWindowsVisible(bool visible) {
 	@return The list of recent files for projects
 	\~French La liste des fichiers recents pour les projets
 */
-RecentFiles *QETApp::projectsRecentFiles() {
+RecentFiles *QETApp::projectsRecentFiles()
+{
 	return(m_projects_recent_files);
 }
 
@@ -1384,7 +1411,8 @@ RecentFiles *QETApp::projectsRecentFiles() {
 	@return The list of recent files for the elements
 	\~French La liste des fichiers recents pour les elements
 */
-RecentFiles *QETApp::elementsRecentFiles() {
+RecentFiles *QETApp::elementsRecentFiles()
+{
 	return(m_elements_recent_files);
 }
 
@@ -1464,7 +1492,8 @@ void QETApp::useSystemPalette(bool use) {
 	\~French Demande la fermeture de toutes les fenetres ;
 	si l'utilisateur les accepte, l'application quitte
 */
-void QETApp::quitQET() {
+void QETApp::quitQET()
+{
 #pragma message("@TODO Segmentation fault when closing program before loading elements is finished")
 	if (closeEveryEditor()) {
 		qApp->quit();
@@ -1478,7 +1507,8 @@ void QETApp::quitQET() {
 	\~French Verifie s'il reste des fenetres (cachees ou non)
 	et quitte s'il n'en reste plus.
 */
-void QETApp::checkRemainingWindows() {
+void QETApp::checkRemainingWindows()
+{
 	/* little hack:
 	 *  the slot remembers after 500 ms of waiting in order to compensate
 	 *  for the fact that some windows can still appear alive when they
@@ -1733,7 +1763,8 @@ void QETApp::openTitleBlockTemplateFiles(const QStringList &files_list) {
 	en lancant un dialogue approprie.
 	\~ @see ConfigDialog
 */
-void QETApp::configureQET() {
+void QETApp::configureQET()
+{
 	// determine the parent widget to use for the dialog
 	// determine le widget parent a utiliser pour le dialogue
 	QWidget *parent_widget = qApp->activeWindow();
@@ -1783,7 +1814,8 @@ void QETApp::aboutQET()
 	\~French les barres d'outils et dock flottants de la fenetre
 */
 QList<QWidget *> QETApp::floatingToolbarsAndDocksForMainWindow(
-		QMainWindow *window) const {
+		QMainWindow *window) const
+{
 	QList<QWidget *> widgets;
 	foreach(QWidget *qw, qApp->topLevelWidgets()) {
 		if (!qw -> isWindow()) continue;
@@ -1822,7 +1854,8 @@ QList<QWidget *> QETApp::floatingToolbarsAndDocksForMainWindow(
 	S'ils existent, ils sont juste memorises dans l'attribut arguments_files_.
 	Sinon, ils sont memorises dans l'attribut arguments_options_.
 */
-void QETApp::parseArguments() {
+void QETApp::parseArguments()
+{
 	// get the arguments
 	// recupere les arguments
 	QList<QString> arguments_list(qApp->arguments());
@@ -1877,7 +1910,8 @@ void QETApp::parseArguments() {
 	\~French Initialise le splash screen si et seulement si l'execution est
 	interactive. Autrement, l'attribut splash_screen_ vaut 0.
 */
-void QETApp::initSplashScreen() {
+void QETApp::initSplashScreen()
+{
 	if (non_interactive_execution_) return;
 	m_splash_screen = new QSplashScreen(QPixmap(":/ico/splash.png"));
 	m_splash_screen -> show();
@@ -1909,7 +1943,8 @@ void QETApp::setSplashScreenStep(const QString &message) {
 	Determine and apply the language to use for the application
 	\~French Determine et applique le langage a utiliser pour l'application
 */
-void QETApp::initLanguage() {
+void QETApp::initLanguage()
+{
 	setLanguage(langFromSetting());
 }
 
@@ -1917,7 +1952,8 @@ void QETApp::initLanguage() {
 	@brief QETApp::initStyle
 	Setup the gui style
 */
-void QETApp::initStyle() {
+void QETApp::initStyle()
+{
 	initial_palette_ = qApp->palette();
 
 	//Apply or not the system style
@@ -1939,7 +1975,8 @@ void QETApp::initStyle() {
 	  - le dossier de la collection perso
 	  - the directory for custom title blocks
 */
-void QETApp::initConfiguration() {
+void QETApp::initConfiguration()
+{
 	// create configuration files if necessary
 	// cree les dossiers de configuration si necessaire
 	QDir config_dir(QETApp::configDir());
@@ -1974,7 +2011,8 @@ void QETApp::initConfiguration() {
 	Build the icon in the systray and its menu
 	\~French Construit l'icone dans le systray et son menu
 */
-void QETApp::initSystemTray() {
+void QETApp::initSystemTray()
+{
 	setSplashScreenStep(tr("Chargement... icône du systray",
 			       "splash screen caption"));
 	// initialization of the icon menus in the systray
@@ -2093,7 +2131,8 @@ QETProject *QETApp::projectFromString(const QString &url) {
 	builds the icon menu in the systray
 	\~French construit le menu de l'icone dans le systray
 */
-void QETApp::buildSystemTrayMenu() {
+void QETApp::buildSystemTrayMenu()
+{
 	menu_systray -> clear();
 
 	// get editors
@@ -2295,7 +2334,8 @@ bool QETApp::eventFiltrer(QObject *object, QEvent *e) {
 	Display help and usage on standard output
 	\~French Affiche l'aide et l'usage sur la sortie standard
 */
-void QETApp::printHelp() {
+void QETApp::printHelp()
+{
 	QString help(
 		tr("Usage : ")
 		+ QFileInfo(qApp->applicationFilePath()).fileName()
@@ -2324,7 +2364,8 @@ void QETApp::printHelp() {
 	Print version to standard output
 	\~French Affiche la version sur la sortie standard
 */
-void QETApp::printVersion() {
+void QETApp::printVersion()
+{
 	std::cout << qPrintable(QET::displayedVersion) << std::endl;
 }
 
@@ -2333,7 +2374,8 @@ void QETApp::printVersion() {
 	Display license on standard output
 	\~French Affiche la licence sur la sortie standard
 */
-void QETApp::printLicense() {
+void QETApp::printLicense()
+{
 	std::cout << qPrintable(QET::license()) << std::endl;
 }
 
@@ -2342,7 +2384,8 @@ void QETApp::printLicense() {
 	@return the list of projects with their associated ids
 	\~French la liste des projets avec leurs ids associes
 */
-QMap<uint, QETProject *> QETApp::registeredProjects() {
+QMap<uint, QETProject *> QETApp::registeredProjects()
+{
 	return(registered_projects_);
 }
 

sources/qetarguments.cpp

@@ -100,7 +100,8 @@ QETArguments &QETArguments::operator=(const QETArguments &qet_arguments) {
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-QETArguments::~QETArguments() {
+QETArguments::~QETArguments()
+{
 }
 
 /**
@@ -117,7 +118,8 @@ void QETArguments::setArguments(const QList<QString> &args) {
 	dans l'ordre suivant : options connues puis inconnues, fichiers de types
 	projet puis element.
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::arguments() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::arguments() const
+{
 	return(options_ + unknown_options_ + project_files_ + element_files_ + tbt_files_);
 }
 
@@ -125,49 +127,56 @@ QList<QString> QETArguments::arguments() const {
 	@return tous les fichiers (projets et elements) passes en parametres.
 	Les fichiers de type projet viennent avant les fichiers de type element.
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::files() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::files() const
+{
 	return(project_files_ + element_files_ + tbt_files_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return les fichiers de type projet
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::projectFiles() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::projectFiles() const
+{
 	return(project_files_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return les fichiers de type element
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::elementFiles() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::elementFiles() const
+{
 	return(element_files_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return title block template files
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::titleBlockTemplateFiles() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::titleBlockTemplateFiles() const
+{
 	return(tbt_files_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return les options reconnues
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::options() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::options() const
+{
 	return(options_);
 }
 
 /**
 	@return les options non reconnues
 */
-QList<QString> QETArguments::unknownOptions() const {
+QList<QString> QETArguments::unknownOptions() const
+{
 	return(unknown_options_);
 }
 
 /**
 	Oublie tous les arguments de cet objet
 */
-void QETArguments::clear() {
+void QETArguments::clear()
+{
 	project_files_.clear();
 	element_files_.clear();
 	options_.clear();
@@ -290,7 +299,8 @@ void QETArguments::handleOptionArgument(const QString &option) {
 	@return true si l'utilisateur a specifie un dossier pour la collection
 	commune.
 */
-bool QETArguments::commonElementsDirSpecified() const {
+bool QETArguments::commonElementsDirSpecified() const
+{
 	return(!common_elements_dir_.isEmpty());
 }
 
@@ -298,7 +308,8 @@ bool QETArguments::commonElementsDirSpecified() const {
 	@return le dossier de la collection commune specifie par l'utilisateur.
 	Si l'utilisateur n'en a pas specifie, une chaine vide est retournee.
 */
-QString QETArguments::commonElementsDir() const {
+QString QETArguments::commonElementsDir() const
+{
 	return(common_elements_dir_);
 }
 #endif
@@ -308,7 +319,8 @@ QString QETArguments::commonElementsDir() const {
 	@return true if the user has specified a directory for the common title
 	block templates collection
 */
-bool QETArguments::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDirSpecified() const {
+bool QETArguments::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDirSpecified() const
+{
 	return(!common_tbt_dir_.isEmpty());
 }
 
@@ -316,7 +328,8 @@ bool QETArguments::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDirSpecified() const {
 	@return the directory of the common title block templates collection
 	specified by the user. If none were specified, return an empty string.
 */
-QString QETArguments::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDir() const {
+QString QETArguments::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDir() const
+{
 	return(common_tbt_dir_);
 }
 #endif
@@ -325,7 +338,8 @@ QString QETArguments::commonTitleBlockTemplatesDir() const {
 /**
 	@return true si l'utilisateur a specifie un dossier pour la configuration.
 */
-bool QETArguments::configDirSpecified() const {
+bool QETArguments::configDirSpecified() const
+{
 	return(!config_dir_.isEmpty());
 }
 
@@ -333,7 +347,8 @@ bool QETArguments::configDirSpecified() const {
 	@return le dossier de configuration specifie par l'utilisateur.
 	Si l'utilisateur n'en a pas specifie, une chaine vide est retournee.
 */
-QString QETArguments::configDir() const {
+QString QETArguments::configDir() const
+{
 	return(config_dir_);
 }
 #endif
@@ -341,7 +356,8 @@ QString QETArguments::configDir() const {
 /**
 	@return true si l'utilisateur a specifie un dossier pour les fichiers de langue
 */
-bool QETArguments::langDirSpecified() const {
+bool QETArguments::langDirSpecified() const
+{
 	return(!lang_dir_.isEmpty());
 }
 
@@ -349,7 +365,8 @@ bool QETArguments::langDirSpecified() const {
 	@return le dossier de langue specifie par l'utilisateur.
 	Si l'utilisateur n'en a pas specifie, une chaine vide est retournee.
 */
-QString QETArguments::langDir() const {
+QString QETArguments::langDir() const
+{
 	return(lang_dir_);
 }
 
@@ -357,7 +374,8 @@ QString QETArguments::langDir() const {
 	@return true si les arguments comportent une demande d'affichage de l'aide,
 	false sinon
 */
-bool QETArguments::printHelpRequested() const {
+bool QETArguments::printHelpRequested() const
+{
 	return(print_help_);
 }
 
@@ -365,7 +383,8 @@ bool QETArguments::printHelpRequested() const {
 	@return true si les arguments comportent une demande d'affichage de la
 	licence, false sinon
 */
-bool QETArguments::printLicenseRequested() const {
+bool QETArguments::printLicenseRequested() const
+{
 	return(print_license_);
 }
 
@@ -373,6 +392,7 @@ bool QETArguments::printLicenseRequested() const {
 	@return true si les arguments comportent une demande d'affichage de la
 	version, false sinon
 */
-bool QETArguments::printVersionRequested() const {
+bool QETArguments::printVersionRequested() const
+{
 	return(print_version_);
 }

sources/qetdiagrameditor.cpp

@@ -106,8 +106,14 @@ QETDiagramEditor::QETDiagramEditor(const QStringList &files, QWidget *parent) :
 	setMinimumSize(QSize(500, 350));
 	setWindowState(Qt::WindowMaximized);
 	
-	connect (&m_workspace,                SIGNAL(subWindowActivated(QMdiSubWindow *)), this, SLOT(subWindowActivated(QMdiSubWindow*)));
+	connect (&m_workspace,
-	connect (QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(dataChanged()),                       this, SLOT(slot_updatePasteAction()));
+		 SIGNAL(subWindowActivated(QMdiSubWindow *)),
+		 this,
+		 SLOT(subWindowActivated(QMdiSubWindow*)));
+	connect (QApplication::clipboard(),
+		 SIGNAL(dataChanged()),
+		 this,
+		 SLOT(slot_updatePasteAction()));
 
 	readSettings();
 	show();
@@ -128,14 +134,16 @@ QETDiagramEditor::QETDiagramEditor(const QStringList &files, QWidget *parent) :
 /**
 	Destructeur
 */
-QETDiagramEditor::~QETDiagramEditor() {
+QETDiagramEditor::~QETDiagramEditor()
+{
 }
 
 /**
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::setUpElementsPanel
 	Setup the element panel and element panel widget
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::setUpElementsPanel() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::setUpElementsPanel()
+{
 	//Add the element panel as a QDockWidget
 	qdw_pa = new QDockWidget(tr("Projets", "dock title"), this);
 
@@ -184,7 +192,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::setUpElementsCollectionWidget()
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::setUpUndoStack
 	Setup the undostack and undo stack widget
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::setUpUndoStack() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::setUpUndoStack()
+{
 
 	QUndoView *undo_view = new QUndoView(&undo_group, this);
 
@@ -711,7 +720,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::setUpToolBar()
 /**
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::setUpMenu
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::setUpMenu() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::setUpMenu()
+{
 
 	QMenu *menu_fichier   = new QMenu(tr("&Fichier"));
 	QMenu *menu_edition   = new QMenu(tr("&Édition"));
@@ -729,7 +739,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::setUpMenu() {
 	// File menu
 	QMenu *recentfile = menu_fichier -> addMenu(QET::Icons::DocumentOpenRecent, tr("&Récemment ouverts"));
 	recentfile->addActions(QETApp::projectsRecentFiles()->menu()->actions());
-	connect(QETApp::projectsRecentFiles(), SIGNAL(fileOpeningRequested(const QString &)), this, SLOT(openRecentFile(const QString &)));
+	connect(QETApp::projectsRecentFiles(), SIGNAL(fileOpeningRequested(const QString &)),
+		this, SLOT(openRecentFile(const QString &)));
 	menu_fichier -> addActions(m_file_actions_group.actions());
 	menu_fichier -> addSeparator();
 	//menu_fichier -> addAction(import_diagram);
@@ -804,7 +815,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::setUpMenu() {
 	Permet de quitter l'application lors de la fermeture de la fenetre principale
 	@param qce Le QCloseEvent correspondant a l'evenement de fermeture
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *qce) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *qce)
+{
 	// quitte directement s'il n'y a aucun projet ouvert
 	bool can_quit = true;
 	if (openedProjects().count()) {
@@ -850,7 +862,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::event(QEvent *e)
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::save
 	Ask the current active project to save
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::save() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::save()
+{
 	if (ProjectView *project_view = currentProjectView()) {
 		QETResult saved = project_view -> save();
 
@@ -874,7 +887,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::save() {
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::saveAs
 	Ask the current active project to save as
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::saveAs() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::saveAs()
+{
 	if (ProjectView *project_view = currentProjectView()) {
 		QETResult save_file = project_view -> saveAs();
 		if (save_file.isOk()) {
@@ -914,7 +928,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::newProject()
 	@param filepath Fichier a ouvrir
 	@see openAndAddDiagram
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::openRecentFile(const QString &filepath) {
+bool QETDiagramEditor::openRecentFile(const QString &filepath)
+{
 	// small hack to prevent all diagram editors from trying to topen the required
 	// recent file at the same time
 	if (qApp -> activeWindow() != this) return(false);
@@ -925,7 +940,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::openRecentFile(const QString &filepath) {
 	Cette fonction demande un nom de fichier a ouvrir a l'utilisateur
 	@return true si l'ouverture a reussi, false sinon
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::openProject() {
+bool QETDiagramEditor::openProject()
+{
 	// demande un chemin de fichier a ouvrir a l'utilisateur
 	QString filepath = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
 		this,
@@ -948,7 +964,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::openProject() {
 	@return true si la fermeture du projet a reussi, false sinon
 	Note : cette methode renvoie true si project est nul
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::closeProject(ProjectView *project_view) {
+bool QETDiagramEditor::closeProject(ProjectView *project_view)
+{
 	if (project_view) {
 		activateProject(project_view);
 		if (QMdiSubWindow *sub_window = subWindowForWidget(project_view)){
@@ -964,7 +981,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::closeProject(ProjectView *project_view) {
 	@return true si la fermeture du fichier a reussi, false sinon
 	Note : cette methode renvoie true si project est nul
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::closeProject(QETProject *project) {
+bool QETDiagramEditor::closeProject(QETProject *project)
+{
 	if (ProjectView *project_view = findProject(project)) {
 		return(closeProject(project_view));
 	}
@@ -977,7 +995,9 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::closeProject(QETProject *project) {
 	@param interactive true pour afficher des messages a l'utilisateur, false sinon
 	@return true si l'ouverture a reussi, false sinon
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::openAndAddProject(const QString &filepath, bool interactive)
+bool QETDiagramEditor::openAndAddProject(
+		const QString &filepath,
+		bool interactive)
 {
 	if (filepath.isEmpty()) return(false);
 	
@@ -1086,7 +1106,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::openAndAddProject(const QString &filepath, bool interacti
 	@param update_panel Whether the elements panel should be warned this
 	project has been added. Defaults to true.
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::addProject(QETProject *project, bool update_panel) {
+bool QETDiagramEditor::addProject(QETProject *project, bool update_panel)
+{
 	// enregistre le projet
 	QETApp::registerProject(project);
 
@@ -1111,7 +1132,8 @@ bool QETDiagramEditor::addProject(QETProject *project, bool update_panel) {
 /**
 	@return la liste des projets ouverts dans cette fenetre
 */
-QList<ProjectView *> QETDiagramEditor::openedProjects() const {
+QList<ProjectView *> QETDiagramEditor::openedProjects() const
+{
 	QList<ProjectView *> result;
 	QList<QMdiSubWindow *> window_list(m_workspace.subWindowList());
 	foreach(QMdiSubWindow *window, window_list) {
@@ -1126,7 +1148,8 @@ QList<ProjectView *> QETDiagramEditor::openedProjects() const {
 	@return Le projet actuellement edite (= qui a le focus dans l'interface
 	MDI) ou 0 s'il n'y en a pas
 */
-ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::currentProjectView() const {
+ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::currentProjectView() const
+{
 	QMdiSubWindow *current_window = m_workspace.activeSubWindow();
 	if (!current_window) return(nullptr);
 	
@@ -1159,7 +1182,8 @@ QETProject *QETDiagramEditor::currentProject() const
 	@return Le schema actuellement edite (= l'onglet ouvert dans le projet
 	courant) ou 0 s'il n'y en a pas
 */
-DiagramView *QETDiagramEditor::currentDiagramView() const {
+DiagramView *QETDiagramEditor::currentDiagramView() const
+{
 	if (ProjectView *project_view = currentProjectView()) {
 		return(project_view -> currentDiagram());
 	}
@@ -1190,7 +1214,8 @@ Element *QETDiagramEditor::currentElement() const
 	@param diagram_view Schema dont il faut retrouver
 	@return la vue sur le projet contenant ce schema ou 0 s'il n'y en a pas
 */
-ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(DiagramView *diagram_view) const {
+ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(DiagramView *diagram_view) const
+{
 	foreach(ProjectView *project_view, openedProjects()) {
 		if (project_view -> diagram_views().contains(diagram_view)) {
 			return(project_view);
@@ -1204,7 +1229,8 @@ ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(DiagramView *diagram_view) const {
 	@param diagram Schema dont il faut retrouver
 	@return la vue sur le projet contenant ce schema ou 0 s'il n'y en a pas
 */
-ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(Diagram *diagram) const {
+ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(Diagram *diagram) const
+{
 	foreach(ProjectView *project_view, openedProjects()) {
 		foreach(DiagramView *diagram_view, project_view -> diagram_views()) {
 			if (diagram_view -> diagram() == diagram) {
@@ -1219,7 +1245,8 @@ ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(Diagram *diagram) const {
 	@param project Projet dont il faut trouver la vue
 	@return la vue du projet passe en parametre
 */
-ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(QETProject *project) const {
+ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(QETProject *project) const
+{
 	foreach(ProjectView *opened_project, openedProjects()) {
 		if (opened_project -> project() == project) {
 			return(opened_project);
@@ -1233,7 +1260,8 @@ ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(QETProject *project) const {
 	@return le ProjectView correspondant au chemin passe en parametre, ou 0 si
 	celui-ci n'a pas ete trouve
 */
-ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(const QString &filepath) const {
+ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(const QString &filepath) const
+{
 	foreach(ProjectView *opened_project, openedProjects()) {
 		if (QETProject *project = opened_project -> project()) {
 			if (project -> filePath() == filepath) {
@@ -1249,7 +1277,8 @@ ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::findProject(const QString &filepath) const {
 	@return La sous-fenetre accueillant le widget passe en parametre, ou 0 si
 	celui-ci n'a pas ete trouve.
 */
-QMdiSubWindow *QETDiagramEditor::subWindowForWidget(QWidget *widget) const {
+QMdiSubWindow *QETDiagramEditor::subWindowForWidget(QWidget *widget) const
+{
 	foreach(QMdiSubWindow *sub_window, m_workspace.subWindowList()) {
 		if (sub_window -> widget() == widget) {
 			return(sub_window);
@@ -1470,7 +1499,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateActions()
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateAutoNumDock
 	Update Auto Num Dock Widget when changing Project
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateAutoNumDock() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateAutoNumDock()
+{
 	if ( m_workspace.subWindowList().indexOf(m_workspace.activeSubWindow()) != activeSubWindowIndex) {
 			activeSubWindowIndex = m_workspace.subWindowList().indexOf(m_workspace.activeSubWindow());
 			if (currentProjectView() != nullptr && currentDiagramView() != nullptr) {
@@ -1672,7 +1702,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateModeActions()
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::slot_updatePasteAction
 	Gere les actions ayant besoin du presse-papier
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updatePasteAction() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updatePasteAction()
+{
 	DiagramView *dv = currentDiagramView();
 	bool editable_diagram = (dv && !dv -> diagram() -> isReadOnly());
 	
@@ -1742,7 +1773,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::addProjectView(ProjectView *project_view)
 /**
 	@return la liste des fichiers edites par cet editeur de schemas
 */
-QList<QString> QETDiagramEditor::editedFiles() const {
+QList<QString> QETDiagramEditor::editedFiles() const
+{
 	QList<QString> edited_files_list;
 	foreach (ProjectView *project_view, openedProjects()) {
 		QString diagram_file(project_view -> project() -> filePath());
@@ -1759,7 +1791,8 @@ QList<QString> QETDiagramEditor::editedFiles() const {
 	@return le ProjectView editant le fichier filepath, ou 0 si ce fichier n'est
 	pas edite par cet editeur de schemas.
 */
-ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::viewForFile(const QString &filepath) const {
+ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::viewForFile(const QString &filepath) const
+{
 	if (filepath.isEmpty()) return(nullptr);
 	
 	QString searched_can_file_path = QFileInfo(filepath).canonicalFilePath();
@@ -1780,7 +1813,8 @@ ProjectView *QETDiagramEditor::viewForFile(const QString &filepath) const {
 	@brief QETDiagramEditor::drawGrid
 	@return true if the grid of folio must be displayed
 */
-bool QETDiagramEditor::drawGrid() const {
+bool QETDiagramEditor::drawGrid() const
+{
 	return m_draw_grid->isChecked();
 }
 
@@ -1800,8 +1834,11 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::openBackupFiles(QList<KAutoSaveFile *> backup_files)
 		{
 			if (project -> state() != QETProject::FileOpenDiscard)
 			{
-				QET::QetMessageBox::warning(this, tr("Échec de l'ouverture du projet", "message box title"),
+				QET::QetMessageBox::warning(
-											QString(tr("Une erreur est survenue lors de l'ouverture du fichier %1.",
+					this,
+					tr("Échec de l'ouverture du projet", "message box title"),
+					QString(tr(
+						"Une erreur est survenue lors de l'ouverture du fichier %1.",
 						"message box content")).arg(file->managedFile().fileName()));
 			}
 			delete project;
@@ -1815,7 +1852,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::openBackupFiles(QList<KAutoSaveFile *> backup_files)
 /**
 	met a jour le menu "Fenetres"
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateWindowsMenu() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateWindowsMenu()
+{
 	// nettoyage du menu
 	foreach(QAction *a, windows_menu -> actions()) windows_menu -> removeAction(a);
 	
@@ -1859,7 +1897,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::slot_updateWindowsMenu() {
 	Edite les proprietes du schema diagram
 	@param diagram_view schema dont il faut editer les proprietes
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::editDiagramProperties(DiagramView *diagram_view) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::editDiagramProperties(DiagramView *diagram_view)
+{
 	if (ProjectView *project_view = findProject(diagram_view)) {
 		activateProject(project_view);
 		project_view -> editDiagramProperties(diagram_view);
@@ -1870,7 +1909,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::editDiagramProperties(DiagramView *diagram_view) {
 	Edite les proprietes du schema diagram
 	@param diagram schema dont il faut editer les proprietes
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::editDiagramProperties(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::editDiagramProperties(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (ProjectView *project_view = findProject(diagram)) {
 		activateProject(project_view);
 		project_view -> editDiagramProperties(diagram);
@@ -1880,7 +1920,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::editDiagramProperties(Diagram *diagram) {
 /**
 	Affiche les projets dans des fenetres.
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::setWindowedMode() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::setWindowedMode()
+{
 	m_workspace.setViewMode(QMdiArea::SubWindowView);
 	m_windowed_view_mode -> setChecked(true);
 	slot_updateWindowsMenu();
@@ -1889,7 +1930,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::setWindowedMode() {
 /**
 	Affiche les projets dans des onglets.
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::setTabbedMode() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::setTabbedMode()
+{
 	m_workspace.setViewMode(QMdiArea::TabbedView);
 	m_tabbed_view_mode -> setChecked(true);
 	slot_updateWindowsMenu();
@@ -1935,7 +1977,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::writeSettings()
 	Active le schema passe en parametre
 	@param diagram Schema a activer
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::activateDiagram(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::activateDiagram(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (QETProject *project = diagram -> project()) {
 		if (ProjectView *project_view = findProject(project)) {
 			activateWidget(project_view);
@@ -1950,7 +1993,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::activateDiagram(Diagram *diagram) {
 	Active le projet passe en parametre
 	@param project Projet a activer
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::activateProject(QETProject *project) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::activateProject(QETProject *project)
+{
 	activateProject(findProject(project));
 }
 
@@ -1958,12 +2002,14 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::activateProject(QETProject *project) {
 	Active le projet passe en parametre
 	@param project_view Projet a activer
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::activateProject(ProjectView *project_view) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::activateProject(ProjectView *project_view)
+{
 	if (!project_view) return;
 	activateWidget(project_view);
 }
 
-/*** @brief QETDiagramEditor::projectWasClosed
+/**
+	@brief QETDiagramEditor::projectWasClosed
 	Manage the close of a project.
 	@param project_view
 */
@@ -1990,7 +2036,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::projectWasClosed(ProjectView *project_view)
 	Edite les proprietes du projet project_view.
 	@param project_view Vue sur le projet dont il faut editer les proprietes
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::editProjectProperties(ProjectView *project_view) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::editProjectProperties(ProjectView *project_view)
+{
 	if (!project_view) return;
 	activateProject(project_view);
 	project_view -> editProjectProperties();
@@ -2000,7 +2047,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::editProjectProperties(ProjectView *project_view) {
 	Edite les proprietes du projet project.
 	@param project Projet dont il faut editer les proprietes
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::editProjectProperties(QETProject *project) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::editProjectProperties(QETProject *project)
+{
 	editProjectProperties(findProject(project));
 }
 
@@ -2026,7 +2074,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::addDiagramToProject(QETProject *project)
 	Supprime un schema de son projet
 	@param diagram Schema a supprimer
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::removeDiagram(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::removeDiagram(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (!diagram) return;
 	
 	// recupere le projet contenant le schema
@@ -2048,7 +2097,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::removeDiagram(Diagram *diagram) {
 	la gauche
 	@param diagram Schema a decaler vers le haut / la gauche
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUp(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUp(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (!diagram) return;
 	
 	// recupere le projet contenant le schema
@@ -2067,7 +2117,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUp(Diagram *diagram) {
 	la droite
 	@param diagram Schema a decaler vers le bas / la droite
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramDown(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramDown(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (!diagram) return;
 	
 	// recupere le projet contenant le schema
@@ -2086,7 +2137,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramDown(Diagram *diagram) {
 	la gauche en position 0
 	@param diagram Schema a decaler vers le haut / la gauche en position 0
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUpTop(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUpTop(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (!diagram) return;
 
 	// recupere le projet contenant le schema
@@ -2106,7 +2158,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUpTop(Diagram *diagram) {
 	la gauche x10
 	@param diagram Schema a decaler vers le haut / la gauche x10
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUpx10(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUpx10(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (!diagram) return;
 
 	// recupere le projet contenant le schema
@@ -2125,7 +2178,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramUpx10(Diagram *diagram) {
 	la droite x10
 	@param diagram Schema a decaler vers le bas / la droite x10
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramDownx10(Diagram *diagram) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramDownx10(Diagram *diagram)
+{
 	if (!diagram) return;
 
 	// recupere le projet contenant le schema
@@ -2139,7 +2193,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::moveDiagramDownx10(Diagram *diagram) {
 	}
 }
 
-void QETDiagramEditor::reloadOldElementPanel() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::reloadOldElementPanel()
+{
 	pa->reloadAndFilter();
 }
 
@@ -2187,7 +2242,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::findElementInPanel(const ElementsLocation &location)
 	Lance l'editeur d'element pour l'element filename
 	@param location Emplacement de l'element a editer
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::editElementInEditor(const ElementsLocation &location) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::editElementInEditor(const ElementsLocation &location)
+{
 	QETApp::instance() -> openElementLocations(QList<ElementsLocation>()
 						   << location);
 }
@@ -2196,7 +2252,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::editElementInEditor(const ElementsLocation &location) {
 	Launch an element editor to edit the selected element in the current
 	diagram view.
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::editSelectedElementInEditor() {
+void QETDiagramEditor::editSelectedElementInEditor()
+{
 	if (Element *selected_element = currentElement()) {
 		editElementInEditor(selected_element -> location());
 	}
@@ -2205,7 +2262,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::editSelectedElementInEditor() {
 /**
 	Show the error message contained in \a result.
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::showError(const QETResult &result) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::showError(const QETResult &result)
+{
 	if (result.isOk()) return;
 	showError(result.errorMessage());
 }
@@ -2213,7 +2271,8 @@ void QETDiagramEditor::showError(const QETResult &result) {
 /**
 	Show the \a error message.
 */
-void QETDiagramEditor::showError(const QString &error) {
+void QETDiagramEditor::showError(const QString &error)
+{
 	if (error.isEmpty()) return;
 	QET::QetMessageBox::critical(this, tr("Erreur", "message box title"), error);
 }

sources/qetdiagrameditor.h

@@ -52,14 +52,10 @@ class QETDiagramEditor : public QETMainWindow
 	Q_OBJECT
 	
 	public:
-		QETDiagramEditor(const QStringList & = QStringList(),
+		QETDiagramEditor(
+				const QStringList & = QStringList(),
 				QWidget * = nullptr);
 		~QETDiagramEditor() override;
-	
-	private:
-		QETDiagramEditor(const QETDiagramEditor &);
-		
-	public:
 		void                 closeEvent        (QCloseEvent *) override;
 		QList<ProjectView *> openedProjects    () const;
 		void                 addProjectView    (ProjectView *);
@@ -73,8 +69,8 @@ class QETDiagramEditor : public QETMainWindow
 		
 	protected:
 		bool event(QEvent *) override;
-
 	private:
+		QETDiagramEditor(const QETDiagramEditor &);
 		void setUpElementsPanel ();
 		void setUpElementsCollectionWidget();
 		void setUpUndoStack     ();
@@ -148,70 +144,78 @@ class QETDiagramEditor : public QETMainWindow
 		void selectionChanged();
 
 	public:
-		QAction *m_edit_diagram_properties;      ///< Show a dialog to edit diagram properties
+		QAction
-		QAction *m_conductor_reset;    ///< Reset paths of selected conductors
+		*m_edit_diagram_properties, ///< Show a dialog to edit diagram properties
-		QAction *m_cut;                ///< Cut selection to clipboard
+		*m_conductor_reset,         ///< Reset paths of selected conductors
-		QAction *m_copy;               ///< Copy selection to clipboard
+		*m_cut,                     ///< Cut selection to clipboard
+		*m_copy;                    ///< Copy selection to clipboard
 		
-		QActionGroup m_row_column_actions_group; /// Action related to add/remove rows/column in diagram
+		QActionGroup
-		QActionGroup m_selection_actions_group; ///Action related to edit a selected item
+		m_row_column_actions_group, /// Action related to add/remove rows/column in diagram
-		QActionGroup *m_depth_action_group = nullptr;
+		m_selection_actions_group,  ///Action related to edit a selected item
+		*m_depth_action_group = nullptr;
 	
 	private:
-		QActionGroup *grp_visu_sel;  ///< Action group for visualisation vs edition mode
+		QActionGroup
-		QActionGroup *m_group_view_mode; ///< Action group for project
+		*grp_visu_sel,            ///< Action group for visualisation vs edition mode
-		QActionGroup m_add_item_actions_group; ///Action related to adding (add text image shape...)
+		*m_group_view_mode,       ///< Action group for project
-		QActionGroup m_zoom_actions_group;	     ///Action related to zoom for diagram
+		m_add_item_actions_group, ///Action related to adding (add text image shape...)
-		QActionGroup m_select_actions_group; ///Action related to global selections
+		m_zoom_actions_group,     ///Action related to zoom for diagram
-		QActionGroup m_file_actions_group; ///Actions related to file (open, close, save...)
+		m_select_actions_group,   ///Action related to global selections
+		m_file_actions_group;     ///Actions related to file (open, close, save...)
+		
+		QAction
+		*m_tabbed_view_mode,		///< Display projects as tabs
+		*m_windowed_view_mode,		///< Display projects as windows
+		*m_mode_selection,		///< Set edition mode
+		*m_mode_visualise,		///< Set visualisation mode
+		*m_export_diagram,		///< Export diagrams of the current project as imagess
+		*m_print,			///< Print diagrams of the current project
+		*m_quit_editor,			///< Quit the diagram editor
+		*undo,				///< Cancel the latest action
+		*redo,				///< Redo the latest cancelled operation
+		*m_paste,			///< Paste clipboard content on the current diagram
+		*m_auto_conductor,		///< Enable/Disable the use of auto conductor
+		*conductor_default,		///< Show a dialog to edit default conductor properties
+		*m_grey_background,		///< Switch the background color in white or grey
+		*m_draw_grid,			///< Switch the background grid display or not
+		*m_project_edit_properties,	///< Edit the properties of the current project.
+		*m_project_add_diagram,		///< Add a diagram to the current project.
+		*m_remove_diagram_from_project,	///< Delete a diagram from the current project
+		*m_clean_project,		///< Clean the content of the curent project by removing useless items
+		*m_project_folio_list,		///< Sommaire des schemas
+		*m_csv_export,			///< generate nomenclature
+		*m_add_nomenclature,		///< Add nomenclature graphics item;
+		*m_add_summary,			///<Add summary graphics item
+		*m_project_terminalBloc,	///< generate terminal block
+		*m_project_export_conductor_num,///<Export the wire num to csv
+		*m_export_project_db,		///Export to file the internal database of the current project
+		*m_tile_window,			///< Show MDI subwindows as tile
+		*m_cascade_window,		///< Show MDI subwindows as cascade
+		*m_previous_window,		///< Switch to the previous document
+		*m_next_window,			///< Switch to the next document
+		*m_edit_selection,		///< To edit selected item
+		*m_delete_selection,		///< Delete selection
+		*m_rotate_selection,		///< Rotate selected elements and text items by 90 degrees
+		*m_rotate_texts,		///< Direct selected text items to a specific angle
+		*m_find_element,		///< Find the selected element in the panel
+		*m_group_selected_texts = nullptr,
+		*m_close_file,			///< Close current project file
+		*m_save_file,			///< Save current project
+		*m_save_file_as,		///< Save current project as a specific file
+		*m_find = nullptr;
 
-		QAction *m_tabbed_view_mode;   ///< Display projects as tabs
-		QAction *m_windowed_view_mode; ///< Display projects as windows
-		QAction *m_mode_selection;     ///< Set edition mode
-		QAction *m_mode_visualise;     ///< Set visualisation mode
-		QAction *m_export_diagram;     ///< Export diagrams of the current project as imagess
-		QAction *m_print;              ///< Print diagrams of the current project
-		QAction *m_quit_editor;        ///< Quit the diagram editor
-		QAction *undo;               ///< Cancel the latest action
-		QAction *redo;               ///< Redo the latest cancelled operation
-		QAction *m_paste;              ///< Paste clipboard content on the current diagram
-		QAction *m_auto_conductor;   ///< Enable/Disable the use of auto conductor
-		QAction *conductor_default;  ///< Show a dialog to edit default conductor properties
-		QAction *m_grey_background;  ///< Switch the background color in white or grey
-		QAction *m_draw_grid;        ///< Switch the background grid display or not
-		QAction *m_project_edit_properties;      ///< Edit the properties of the current project.
-		QAction *m_project_add_diagram;    ///< Add a diagram to the current project.
-		QAction *m_remove_diagram_from_project;    ///< Delete a diagram from the current project
-		QAction *m_clean_project;          ///< Clean the content of the curent project by removing useless items
-		QAction *m_project_folio_list;    ///< Sommaire des schemas
-		QAction *m_csv_export;   ///< generate nomenclature
-		QAction *m_add_nomenclature; ///< Add nomenclature graphics item;
-		QAction *m_add_summary; ///<Add summary graphics item
-		QAction *m_project_terminalBloc;   ///< generate terminal block
-		QAction *m_project_export_conductor_num; ///<Export the wire num to csv
-		QAction *m_export_project_db; ///Export to file the internal database of the current project
-		QAction *m_tile_window;        ///< Show MDI subwindows as tile
-		QAction *m_cascade_window;     ///< Show MDI subwindows as cascade
-		QAction *m_previous_window;        ///< Switch to the previous document
-		QAction *m_next_window;        ///< Switch to the next document
-		QAction *m_edit_selection;	 ///< To edit selected item
 		QList <QAction *> m_zoom_action_toolBar; ///Only zoom action must displayed in the toolbar
-		QAction *m_delete_selection;				///< Delete selection
-		QAction *m_rotate_selection;				///< Rotate selected elements and text items by 90 degrees
-		QAction *m_rotate_texts;					///< Direct selected text items to a specific angle
-		QAction *m_find_element;					///< Find the selected element in the panel
-		QAction *m_group_selected_texts = nullptr;
-		QAction *m_close_file;			   ///< Close current project file
-		QAction *m_save_file;				   ///< Save current project
-		QAction *m_save_file_as;			   ///< Save current project as a specific file
-		QAction *m_find = nullptr;
 
 		QMdiArea m_workspace;
 		QSignalMapper windowMapper;
 		QDir open_dialog_dir; /// Directory to use for file dialogs such as File > save
-		QDockWidget *qdw_pa; /// Dock for the elements panel
+
-		QDockWidget *m_qdw_elmt_collection;
+		QDockWidget
-		QDockWidget *qdw_undo; /// Dock for the undo list
+		*qdw_pa, /// Dock for the elements panel
+		*m_qdw_elmt_collection,
+		*qdw_undo; /// Dock for the undo list
+
 		ElementsCollectionWidget *m_element_collection_widget;
 			
 		DiagramPropertiesEditorDockWidget *m_selection_properties_editor;
@@ -219,7 +223,8 @@ class QETDiagramEditor : public QETMainWindow
 		ElementsPanelWidget *pa;
 		QMenu *windows_menu;
 		
-		QToolBar *main_tool_bar       = nullptr,
+		QToolBar
+		*main_tool_bar       = nullptr,
 		*view_tool_bar       = nullptr,
 		*diagram_tool_bar    = nullptr,
 		*m_add_item_tool_bar = nullptr,

sources/qetgraphicsitem/ViewItem/projectdbmodel.cpp

@@ -215,11 +215,13 @@ void ProjectDBModel::setQuery(const QString &query)
 	@brief ProjectDBModel::queryString
 	@return the current query used by this model
 */
-QString ProjectDBModel::queryString() const {
+QString ProjectDBModel::queryString() const
+{
 	return m_query;
 }
 
-QETProject *ProjectDBModel::project() const {
+QETProject *ProjectDBModel::project() const
+{
 	return m_project.data();
 }
 

sources/qetgraphicsitem/ViewItem/ui/graphicstablepropertieseditor.cpp

@@ -34,7 +34,9 @@
 	@param table
 	@param parent
 */
-GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor(QetGraphicsTableItem *table, QWidget *parent) :
+GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor(
+		QetGraphicsTableItem *table,
+		QWidget *parent) :
 	PropertiesEditorWidget(parent),
 	ui(new Ui::GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor)
 {
@@ -59,7 +61,8 @@ GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor(QetGraphicsTableIte
 /**
 	@brief GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::~GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor
 */
-GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::~GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor() {
+GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::~GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor()
+{
 	delete ui;
 }
 
@@ -84,8 +87,14 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::setTable(QetGraphicsTableItem *table)
 
 	m_table_item = table;
 	m_connect_list.clear();
-	m_connect_list << connect(m_table_item.data(), &QetGraphicsTableItem::xChanged, this, &GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi);
+	m_connect_list << connect(m_table_item.data(),
-	m_connect_list << connect(m_table_item.data(), &QetGraphicsTableItem::yChanged, this, &GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi);
+				  &QetGraphicsTableItem::xChanged,
+				  this,
+				  &GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi);
+	m_connect_list << connect(m_table_item.data(),
+				  &QetGraphicsTableItem::yChanged,
+				  this,
+				  &GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi);
 
 
 	if (auto editor = PropertiesEditorFactory::propertiesEditor(table->model(), this))
@@ -121,63 +130,103 @@ QUndoCommand *GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::associatedUndo() const
 	if (m_live_edit)
 	{
 		if (!qFuzzyCompare(ui->m_x_pos->value(), m_table_item->pos().x())) {
-			auto undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_table_item.data(), "x", m_table_item->pos().x(), ui->m_x_pos->value());
+			auto undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(
+						m_table_item.data(),
+						"x",
+						m_table_item->pos().x(),
+						ui->m_x_pos->value());
 			undo->setAnimated(true, false);
 			undo->setText(tr("Déplacer un tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
 
 		if (!qFuzzyCompare(ui->m_y_pos->value(), m_table_item->pos().y())) {
-			auto undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_table_item.data(), "y", m_table_item->pos().y(), ui->m_y_pos->value());
+			auto undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(
+						m_table_item.data(),
+						"y",
+						m_table_item->pos().y(),
+						ui->m_y_pos->value());
 			undo->setAnimated(true, false);
 			undo->setText(tr("Déplacer un tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
 
 		if (ui->m_display_n_row_sb->value() != m_table_item->displayNRow()) {
-			auto undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(m_table_item.data(), "displayNRow", m_table_item->displayNRow(), ui->m_display_n_row_sb->value());
+			auto undo = new QPropertyUndoCommand(
+						m_table_item.data(),
+						"displayNRow",
+						m_table_item->displayNRow(),
+						ui->m_display_n_row_sb->value());
 			undo->setText(tr("Modifier le nombre de ligne affiché par un tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
 
-		QMargins edited_header_margins(ui->m_header_left_margin->value(),
+		QMargins edited_header_margins(
+					ui->m_header_left_margin->value(),
 					ui->m_header_top_margin->value(),
 					ui->m_header_right_margin->value(),
 					ui->m_header_bottom_margin->value());
-		auto model_header_margins = QETUtils::marginsFromString(m_table_item->model()->headerData(0, Qt::Horizontal, Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
+		auto model_header_margins = QETUtils::marginsFromString(
+					m_table_item->model()->headerData(
+						0,
+						Qt::Horizontal,
+						Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
 		if (edited_header_margins != model_header_margins)
 		{
 			auto undo = new ModelHeaderDataCommand(m_table_item->model());
-			undo->setData(0, Qt::Horizontal, QETUtils::marginsToString(edited_header_margins), Qt::UserRole+1);
+			undo->setData(
+						0,
+						Qt::Horizontal,
+						QETUtils::marginsToString(edited_header_margins),
+						Qt::UserRole+1);
 			undo->setText(tr("Modifier les marges d'une en tête de tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
 
-		QMargins edited_table_margins(ui->m_table_left_margin->value(),
+		QMargins edited_table_margins(
+					ui->m_table_left_margin->value(),
 					ui->m_table_top_margin->value(),
 					ui->m_table_right_margin->value(),
 					ui->m_table_bottom_margin->value());
-		auto model_margins = QETUtils::marginsFromString(m_table_item->model()->index(0,0).data(Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
+		auto model_margins = QETUtils::marginsFromString(
+					m_table_item->model()->index(0,0).data(Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
 		if (edited_table_margins != model_margins)
 		{
-			auto undo = new ModelIndexCommand(m_table_item->model(), m_table_item->model()->index(0,0));
+			auto undo = new ModelIndexCommand(
-			undo->setData(QETUtils::marginsToString(edited_table_margins), Qt::UserRole+1);
+						m_table_item->model(),
+						m_table_item->model()->index(0,0));
+			undo->setData(
+						QETUtils::marginsToString(edited_table_margins),
+						Qt::UserRole+1);
 			undo->setText(tr("Modifier les marges d'un tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
 
-		if (m_header_button_group->checkedId() != m_table_item->model()->headerData(0, Qt::Horizontal, Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt())
+		if (m_header_button_group->checkedId()
+				!= m_table_item->model()->headerData(
+					0,
+					Qt::Horizontal,
+					Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt())
 		{
 			auto undo = new ModelHeaderDataCommand(m_table_item->model());
-			undo->setData(0, Qt::Horizontal, m_header_button_group->checkedId(), Qt::TextAlignmentRole);
+			undo->setData(
+						0,
+						Qt::Horizontal,
+						m_header_button_group->checkedId(),
+						Qt::TextAlignmentRole);
 			undo->setText(tr("Modifier l'alignement d'une en tête de tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
 
-		if (m_table_button_group->checkedId() != m_table_item->model()->index(0,0).data(Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt())
+		if (m_table_button_group->checkedId()
+				!= m_table_item->model()->index(0,0).data(Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt())
 		{
-			auto undo = new ModelIndexCommand(m_table_item->model(), m_table_item->model()->index(0,0));
+			auto undo = new ModelIndexCommand(
-			undo->setData(m_table_button_group->checkedId(), Qt::TextAlignmentRole);
+						m_table_item->model(),
+						m_table_item->model()->index(0,0));
+			undo->setData(
+						m_table_button_group->checkedId(),
+						Qt::TextAlignmentRole);
 			undo->setText(tr("Modifier l'alignement des textes d'un tableau"));
 			return undo;
 		}
@@ -205,13 +254,21 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_header_font_pb_clicked()
 	if (m_table_item && m_table_item->model())
 	{
 		bool ok;
-		auto font = QFontDialog::getFont(&ok,
+		auto font = QFontDialog::getFont(
-										 m_table_item->model()->headerData(0, Qt::Horizontal, Qt::FontRole).value<QFont>(),
+					&ok,
+					m_table_item->model()->headerData(
+						0,
+						Qt::Horizontal,
+						Qt::FontRole).value<QFont>(),
 					this);
 		if (ok && m_table_item->model())
 		{
 			auto undo = new ModelHeaderDataCommand(m_table_item->model());
-			undo->setData(0, Qt::Horizontal, QVariant::fromValue(font), Qt::FontRole);
+			undo->setData(
+						0,
+						Qt::Horizontal,
+						QVariant::fromValue(font),
+						Qt::FontRole);
 			undo->setText(tr("Modifier la police d'une en tête de tableau"));
 			m_table_item->diagram()->undoStack().push(undo);
 		}
@@ -227,12 +284,15 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_table_font_pb_clicked()
 	{
 		bool ok;
 		auto index = m_table_item->model()->index(0,0);
-		auto old_font = m_table_item->model()->data(index, Qt::FontRole).value<QFont>();
+		auto old_font = m_table_item->model()->data(
+					index,
+					Qt::FontRole).value<QFont>();
 		auto new_font = QFontDialog::getFont(&ok, old_font, this);
 
 		if (ok && m_table_item->diagram())
 		{
-			auto undo = new ModelIndexCommand(m_table_item->model(), index);
+			auto undo = new ModelIndexCommand(
+						m_table_item->model(), index);
 			undo->setData(QVariant::fromValue(new_font), Qt::FontRole);
 			undo->setText(tr("Changer la police d'un tableau"));
 			m_table_item->diagram()->undoStack().push(undo);
@@ -268,8 +328,12 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi()
 	if (auto item_ = m_table_item->previousTable()) //Add the current previous table
 	{
 		m_other_table_vector.append(item_);
-		ui->m_previous_table_cb->addItem(item_->tableName(), m_other_table_vector.indexOf(item_));
+		ui->m_previous_table_cb->addItem(
-		ui->m_previous_table_cb->setCurrentIndex(ui->m_previous_table_cb->findData(m_other_table_vector.indexOf(item_)));
+					item_->tableName(),
+					m_other_table_vector.indexOf(item_));
+		ui->m_previous_table_cb->setCurrentIndex(
+					ui->m_previous_table_cb->findData(
+						m_other_table_vector.indexOf(item_)));
 	}
 
 	ElementProvider ep(m_table_item->diagram()->project());
@@ -279,19 +343,27 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi()
 			item_->nextTable() == nullptr)
 		{
 			m_other_table_vector.append(item_);
-			ui->m_previous_table_cb->addItem(item_->tableName(), m_other_table_vector.indexOf(item_));
+			ui->m_previous_table_cb->addItem(
+						item_->tableName(),
+						m_other_table_vector.indexOf(item_));
 		}
 	}
 
 	updateInfoLabel();
 
-	auto margin = QETUtils::marginsFromString(m_table_item->model()->headerData(0, Qt::Horizontal, Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
+	auto margin = QETUtils::marginsFromString(
+				m_table_item->model()->headerData(
+					0,
+					Qt::Horizontal,
+					Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
 	ui->m_header_top_margin   ->setValue(margin.top());
 	ui->m_header_left_margin  ->setValue(margin.left());
 	ui->m_header_right_margin ->setValue(margin.right());
 	ui->m_header_bottom_margin->setValue(margin.bottom());
 
-	margin = QETUtils::marginsFromString(m_table_item->model()->index(0,0).data(Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
+	margin = QETUtils::marginsFromString(
+				m_table_item->model()->index(0,0).data(
+					Qt::UserRole+1).toString());
 	ui->m_table_top_margin   ->setValue(margin.top());
 	ui->m_table_left_margin  ->setValue(margin.left());
 	ui->m_table_right_margin ->setValue(margin.right());
@@ -302,9 +374,16 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::updateUi()
 		return;
 	}
 
-	if (auto button = m_header_button_group->button(m_table_item->model()->headerData(0, Qt::Horizontal, Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt()))
+	if (auto button = m_header_button_group->button(
+				m_table_item->model()->headerData(
+					0,
+					Qt::Horizontal,
+					Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt()))
 		button->setChecked(true);
-	if (auto button = m_table_button_group->button(m_table_item->model()->data(m_table_item->model()->index(0,0), Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt()))
+	if (auto button = m_table_button_group->button(
+				m_table_item->model()->data(
+					m_table_item->model()->index(0,0),
+					Qt::TextAlignmentRole).toInt()))
 		button->setChecked(true);
 
 	setUpEditConnection();
@@ -378,7 +457,8 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::setUpEditConnection()
 	}
 }
 
-void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_table_name_le_textEdited(const QString &arg1) {
+void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_table_name_le_textEdited(const QString &arg1)
+{
 	m_table_item->setTableName(arg1);
 }
 
@@ -387,7 +467,9 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_previous_table_cb_activated(int index)
 	if (index == 0) {
 		m_table_item->setPreviousTable();
 	} else {
-		m_table_item->setPreviousTable(m_other_table_vector.at(ui->m_previous_table_cb->currentData().toInt()));
+		m_table_item->setPreviousTable(
+					m_other_table_vector.at(
+						ui->m_previous_table_cb->currentData().toInt()));
 	}
 }
 
@@ -424,7 +506,10 @@ void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_auto_geometry_pb_clicked()
 */
 void GraphicsTablePropertiesEditor::on_m_apply_geometry_to_linked_table_pb_clicked()
 {
-	if (m_table_item.isNull() || !m_table_item->diagram() || (!m_table_item->nextTable() && !m_table_item->previousTable())) {
+	if (m_table_item.isNull()
+			|| !m_table_item->diagram()
+			|| (!m_table_item->nextTable()
+			    && !m_table_item->previousTable())) {
 		return;
 	}
 	auto first_table = m_table_item;